- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549 FORM 10-K

[X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004 OR [ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM TO
COMMISSION FILE NO. 1-4018 DOVER CORPORATION (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter) DELAWARE 53-0257888 (State or other jurisdiction of (I.R.S. Employer incorporation or organization) Identification No.) 280 PARK AVENUE 10017 NEW YORK, NY (Zip Code) (Address of principal executive offices)
REGISTRANT'S TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE: (212) 922-1640 SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT:
TITLE OF EACH CLASS NAME OF EACH EXCHANGE ON WHICH REGISTERED ------------------- ----------------------------------------- Common Stock, par value $1 New York Stock Exchange
SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT: TITLE OF CLASS NONE Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past ninety days. Yes [X] No [ ] Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [ ] Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934). Yes [X] No [ ] - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant as of the close of business June 30, 2004 was $8,559,923,012.7. Registrant's closing price as reported on the New York Stock Exchange-Composite Transactions for June 30, 2004 was $42.10 per share. The number of outstanding shares of the Registrant's common stock as of February 28, 2005 was 203,697,833. DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE PART III -- CERTAIN PORTIONS OF THE PROXY STATEMENT FOR ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS TO BE HELD ON APRIL 19, 2005 (THE "2005 PROXY STATEMENT"). SPECIAL NOTES REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS This Annual Report on Form 10-K, and the documents that are incorporated by reference, particularly sections of the Annual Report to Stockholders under the headings "Letter to Shareholders," and "Management's Discussion and Analysis," contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1933, as amended, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements relate to, among other things, the U.S. and global economies, earnings, cash flow, operating improvements, and industries in which the Company operates, and may be indicated by words or phrases such as "anticipates," "supports," "plans," "projects," "expects," "believes", "should," "would," "could," "hope," "forecast," "management is of the opinion," use of the future tense and similar words or phrases. Such statements may also be made by management orally. Forward-looking statements are subject to inherent uncertainties and risks, including among others: continued events in the Middle East and possible future terrorist threats and their effect on the worldwide economy; economic conditions; increasing price and product/service competition by foreign and domestic competitors including new entrants; technological developments and change which can impact the Company's Electronics and Technologies segments significantly; the ability to continue to introduce competitive new products and services on a timely, cost-effective basis; changes in the cost or availability of raw materials or energy, particularly steel and other raw materials; changes in customer demand; the extent to which the Company is successful in expanding into new geographic markets, particularly outside of North America; the extent to which the Company is successful in integrating acquired businesses; the relative mix of products and services which impacts margins and operating efficiencies; the achievement of lower costs and expenses; domestic and foreign governmental and public policy changes including environmental regulations and tax policies (including domestic and foreign export subsidy programs, R&E credits and other similar programs, some of which were changed in 2004); unforeseen developments in contingencies such as litigation; protection and validity of patent and other intellectual property rights; the success of the Company's acquisition program; and the cyclical nature of some of the Company's businesses. In addition, such statements could be affected by general industry and market conditions and growth rates, and general domestic and international economic conditions including interest rate and currency exchange rate fluctuations. In light of these risks and uncertainties, actual events and results may vary significantly from those included in or contemplated or implied by such statements. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements. The Company undertakes no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law. 1

PART I ITEM 1. BUSINESS OVERVIEW Dover Corporation ("Dover" or the "Company"), originally incorporated in 1947 in the State of Delaware, became a publicly traded company in 1955. It is a diversified industrial manufacturing corporation encompassing 49 operating companies that primarily manufacture a broad range of specialized industrial products and sophisticated manufacturing equipment, and seek to expand their range of related services. Additional information is contained in Items 7 and 8. The Company's businesses have been divided into four business segments. Diversified builds packaging and printing machinery, heat transfer equipment, food refrigeration and display cases, specialized bearings, construction and agricultural cabs, as well as sophisticated products for use in the defense, aerospace and automotive industries. Industries makes products for use in the waste handling, bulk transport, automotive service, commercial food service and packaging, welding, cash dispenser and construction industries. Resources manufactures products primarily for the automotive, fluid handling, petroleum, original equipment manufacturers (OEM), engineered components and chemical equipment industries. Technologies builds sophisticated automated assembly and testing equipment and specialized electronic components for the electronics industry, and industrial printers for coding and marking. Effective January 1, 2005, the Company organized its 49 operating companies into 13 groups within six segments, adding the Electronics and Systems subsidiaries. Beginning with the first quarter 2005 earnings announcement in April 2005, the Company will report its results in these six business segments and discuss its operating companies in 13 groups. Management believes this new operating structure will enhance the Company's market focus, acquisition capacity and executive leadership. BUSINESS STRATEGY The Company operates with certain fundamental objectives. First, it seeks to acquire and own businesses with proprietary, engineered industrial products which make them leaders in the niche markets which they serve. Second, these businesses should be customer focused, innovative and well managed to achieve above average profit margins by supplying customers with value-added products and related services. Third, the Company expects that these types of businesses will generate strong cash flow which can not only sustain such operations, but also provide excess cash flow which the Company can then reinvest in similar business opportunities. The Company expects to manage its cash flow so that the mix of its external debt levels and capital structure are optimized to support continued ready access to the capital markets. MANAGEMENT PHILOSOPHY The Company practices a highly decentralized management style. The presidents of the operating companies are given a great deal of autonomy and have a high level of independent responsibility for their businesses and their performance. This is in keeping with the Company's operating philosophy that independent operations are better able to serve customers by focusing closely on their products and reacting quickly to customer needs. The Company's executive management role is to provide management oversight, allocate and manage capital, assist in major acquisitions, evaluate, motivate and, as necessary, replace operating company management and provide selected other services. ACQUISITIONS AND DIVESTITURES The Company has a long-standing acquisition program. The Company seeks to acquire and develop "platform" businesses, which are marked by growth, innovation and higher than average profit margins. Each of its businesses should be a leader in its market as measured by market share, customer service, innovation, profitability and return on assets. The Company traditionally focused on acquiring new businesses that could 2

operate independently from other Dover companies ("stand-alones"). Since 1993, an increased emphasis has been placed on acquiring businesses that can be added on to existing operations ("add-ons"). The target companies are generally manufacturers of high value-added, engineered products sold to a broad customer base of industrial or commercial users. One of the most critical factors in the decision to acquire a business is the Company's judgment of the skill, energy, ethics and compatibility of the top executives at the acquisition target. Dover generally expects that acquired companies will continue to be operated by the management team in place at acquisition, with a high degree of autonomy in keeping with the Company's decentralized structure. From January 1, 2000 through December 31, 2004, the Company made 58 acquisitions at a total acquisition cost of $1,809.0 million. These acquisitions have had a substantial impact on the Company's sales and earnings since 2000. During the three years 2001-2003, the overall number of Company acquisitions and dollars invested was lower than in previous years. This largely reflected the general economic conditions and the lack of attractive acquisition candidates. In 2004, the Company acquired eight add-on businesses for an aggregate of $514.3 million, its highest acquisition spending level since 1999. For more details regarding acquisitions completed over the past two years, see Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8. The Company's future growth depends in large part on finding and acquiring successful businesses, as a substantial number of the Company's current businesses operate in relatively mature markets where sustained internal growth objectives are difficult to achieve. While the Company generally expects to buy and hold businesses, it does periodically reassess each business to verify that it continues to represent a good long-term investment. There may also be situations where a Company business represents a very attractive acquisition for another company based on specific market conditions. Based on these criteria, the Company has divested businesses. Over the past three years, the Company has been more proactive in evaluating its operating companies against internal growth and profitability criteria. During that time, the Company has discontinued 13 and sold 15 operations for an aggregate consideration of $99.9 million. For more details, see the "Discontinued Operations" discussion below and Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8. BUSINESS SEGMENTS For more financial information about our business segments, see Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8. DIVERSIFIED Diversified's twelve stand-alone operating companies manufacture equipment and components for industrial, commercial and defense applications. A description of each stand-alone operating company is provided below. Hill Phoenix's U.S. manufacturing facilities provide refrigeration systems, display cases, walk-in coolers and freezers, electrical distribution products, and engineering services for sale to the supermarket industry, as well as to commercial/industrial refrigeration, big box retail and convenience store customers. Hill Phoenix sells equipment primarily in North America directly to the end user with a small percentage of sales through a dealer network and independent distributors. The Sargent companies design, manufacture and maintain fluid control assemblies and structural components for the global aerospace and U.S. defense industries, supporting the full product life cycle, from the original design and build through the aftermarket. They specialize in complex fluid control assemblies with typical end-use applications such as U.S. submarines, aircraft control systems and engine thrust reverser systems, land and amphibious utility vehicle actuation systems, helicopter rotary systems, engine pneumatic ducting and cooling systems, aircraft environmental control systems, and general airframe and engine structures. With manufacturing and repair facilities throughout North America, the businesses share common customers throughout the commercial aerospace and defense industries and sell direct to their end users: OEMs, airlines and government agencies. Performance Motorsports sells primarily internal engine components and other engine accessories into motorsport and powersport markets that include high performance racing, motorcycles, all-terrain vehicles, 3

snowmobiles and watercraft. Performance Motorsports products include forged and cast pistons, connecting rods, crankshafts and cylinder liners along with their complementary components, including piston rings, bearings, gaskets, and a variety of other internal valve train and engine components, as well as suspension, braking, clutching, and chassis components. Products are manufactured in the U.S. and Europe for sale through distributors. SWEP is a global leader in the design and manufacture of copper-brazed compact heat exchangers. It also manufactures heat exchangers and design software for district heating and district cooling substations. SWEP products are manufactured in Sweden, Switzerland, Malaysia and the U.S. and are sold via a direct sales force, through wholly-owned sales companies in the U.S., Europe and Asia, and by sales agents throughout the world for various applications in a wide variety of industries. Tranter PHE manufactures gasketed plate and frame heat exchangers, welded plate heat exchangers and all-welded heat exchangers for a wide range of applications in a variety of industries. PHE's products are manufactured in the U.S., Sweden, India and the U.K. Sales are split approximately 60/40 between Eurasia and the Americas. Products are sold through a network of manufacturers' representatives in North America, through wholly-owned sales companies in Europe and Asia, and by sales agents and manufacturers' representatives in the rest of the world. Belvac is a world leader in the beverage can-making industry in its global supplying of high-speed trimming, necking, bottom reforming, re-profiling, and flanging equipment. For that same industry, Belvac designs and manufactures shaping, bottom rim coating, and inspection equipment as enhancements to its core product line. In addition, Belvac designs and produces high-speed trimming and burnishing equipment for the plastic container industry, with an emphasis on containers for dry foods, condiments and specialty beverages. Belvac's products are designed and manufactured in the U.S., and sold through a direct sales force with offices in both the U.S. and Europe, supplemented by key agent-distributor relationships in South America and Asia. Crenlo fabricates operator cabs and rollover structures for sale to OEM manufacturers in the construction, agriculture, and commercial equipment markets, such as Caterpillar, John Deere & Company, and Case New Holland. In addition, Crenlo produces standard and custom high volume sheet metal enclosures for the electronics, telecommunications and electrical markets. Crenlo operates manufacturing facilities in the U.S., which is its primary market. Mark Andy manufactures printing/converting equipment and accessories primarily for the specialty packaging-printing segment at locations in the U.S. and Europe. Its major applications are product decoration, identification, and information applied to the exterior of a package. The company specializes in the fabrication of narrow web printing presses used for producing pressure sensitive labels, small folding cartons and flexible packaging for the food, cosmetic, pharmaceutical and logistics markets. Products are sold primarily in the Americas and Europe through distributors. Hydratight Sweeney designs and manufactures products for critical bolting applications and joint integrity solutions, mainly in the oil and gas industry. Secondary markets include power generation, aviation and general industrial. Hydratight Sweeney's product lines reflect different approaches to bolting and joint integrity including torque products, tension products and a service division which provides custom solutions ranging from straightforward rental of torque or tension equipment through full management of a bolting application using company technicians and engineers. The company has manufacturing plants and rental/sales offices in the U.S. and the U.K., and additional sales offices in Germany, The Netherlands, Brazil, and Saudi Arabia. Waukesha Bearings Corporation manufactures bearings for certain rotating machinery applications including turbo machinery, motors and generators, for use in the industrial, utility, naval and commercial marine industries. Waukesha's product lines include polymer, ceramic and magnetic designs for specific customer applications, as well as hydrodynamic bearing design applications. Its Central Research Laboratories business makes remote control manipulators for material handling applications in hazardous or sterile environments. The company operates manufacturing facilities in the U.S. and the U.K. and sales are made primarily in Europe and North America both directly and through agents in several different countries. 4

Graphics Microsystems manufactures color measurement and control systems for printing presses. Primary markets served are catalog, book, publication and newspaper printing. Products are designed to add economic value to printing processes by automating manual processes, providing quality control and reducing waste. Products are sold primarily in the Americas and Europe directly to printing firms as well as printing press manufacturers. SWF Companies manufacture packaging automation and robotic machinery utilized in forming, loading and sealing folding carton stock and corrugated board packaging. SWF's products are sold primarily in the U.S. through direct representation as well as indirect channels. Approximately 30% of the company's machines are installed and operated outside of North America. SWF's new modular platform products are expected to provide a more competitive offering. Effective January 1, 2005, Hill Phoenix, Belvac and SWF became part of the new Dover Systems subsidiary segment. Hill Phoenix and DI Foodservice (from Dover Industries) are the "Food Equipment" companies group, and SWF joins Belvac and Tipper Tie (also from Dover Industries) to become the "Packaging Equipment" companies group. At the same time, Mark Andy joined Imaje to form the Printing and Labeling group within Dover Technologies. INDUSTRIES Industries is comprised of twelve stand-alone operating companies that manufacture a diverse mix of equipment and components for use in the waste handling, bulk transport, automotive service, commercial food service, packaging, and construction equipment industries. A description of each stand-alone operating company is provided below. Heil Environmental manufactures a wide variety of refuse collection bodies (garbage trucks) including manual and automated side loaders, front loaders, rear loaders and a variety of recycling units. Bayne, a separately held company of Heil Environmental, manufactures container lifts for the refuse collection industry as well as for commercial applications. Both organizations sell products to municipal customers, national accounts, and independent waste haulers through a network of distributors, and directly in certain geographic areas. Also, under the Heil name, another separately held company of Heil Environmental manufactures a line of dump truck bodies/hoists for the hauling industry. Between all of these Heil Environmental organizations, products are manufactured in the U.S. for sales primarily in North America, and in the U.K. for the European market. Rotary Lift manufactures a wide range of vehicle service and storage lifts, which are sold through equipment distributors, and directly to a wide variety of markets including independent service and repair shops, national chains and franchised service facilities, new car and truck dealers, national and local governments, and government maintenance and repair locations. Rotary has manufacturing operations located in the U.S. and Germany and sells primarily in the Americas and Europe. Heil Trailer International produces a complete line of tank trailers including aluminum, stainless steel and steel trailers that carry petroleum, chemical, edible, dry bulk and waste products. Heil also manufactures specialty trailers focused on the heavy haul, oil field, and recovery niches. Trailers are marketed both directly and indirectly through distributors to customers in the construction, trucking, railroad, oil field, towing and recovery, and heavy haul industries, as well as to various government agencies, both domestically and internationally. Heil Trailer International has manufacturing facilities in the United States, Argentina and Thailand, as well as service facilities in the United States and the United Kingdom. Tipper Tie develops and manufactures in the U.S. and Europe a wide variety of packaging machinery which employs a clip as the means of flexible package closure. These machines and clips are sold worldwide primarily for use with meat, poultry and other food products. Tipper Tie also produces a line of woven netting products used in many industries, including the meat and poultry, horticulture, Christmas tree, and environmental markets. International sales, primarily in Europe, currently generate over 60% of total sales. Marathon Equipment manufactures on-site waste management and recycling systems, including a variety of stationary compactors, roll-off hoists and vertical, horizontal and two ram balers. Equipment is manufac- 5

tured and sold primarily in the U.S. to distribution centers, malls, stadiums, arenas, hotels/motels, warehouses, office complexes, apartment buildings, retail stores, businesses, and recycling centers. Triton manufactures a full line of ATM hardware, software and services for retail and financial institutions. As the largest provider of retail ATMs in North America, there are more than 120,000 units installed in over 17 countries. Triton continues to pioneer innovative solutions to increase ATM functionality and lower ATM service costs. Triton's line of retail ATMs are found in numerous major retail chains and in many convenience stores, airports, hotels, office buildings, restaurants, shopping centers, supermarkets and casinos. In the financial institution market, Triton's line of PC-based ATMs and software packages run multi-vendor platforms, features specific to this market. PDQ Manufacturing, Inc. manufactures touch free vehicle wash systems, which are sold primarily in the U.S. and Canada to major oil companies as well as to investors. Sales are made through an industry distribution network that installs the equipment and provides after-sale service and support. DI Foodservice Companies, through its Groen, Randell, and Avtec brands, manufactures commercial foodservice cooking equipment, cook-chill production systems, refrigeration products, custom food storage and preparation products, kitchen ventilation, air handling systems and conveyer systems. DI Foodservice serves the institutional and commercial foodservice markets worldwide through its network of distributors, manufacturer's representatives, and direct sales force. The primary market for DI Foodservice products is North America. Kurz-Kasch manufactures electromagnetic products and specialty plastic components, primarily electromagnetic stators that regulate electronic fuel injectors, electronic fuel pumps for the heavy truck and automotive industries, phenolic brake pistons and electronic valve assemblies. Kurz-Kasch also manufactures specialty plastic components used in aerospace, electrical, telecommunications and other industries. All products are manufactured in the U.S. and sold directly to OEMs. Chief Automotive Systems manufactures vehicle collision measuring and repair systems, including pulling equipment and computerized measuring and inspection products. Chief markets its equipment worldwide in over 40 countries throughout Europe, Asia and the Americas, utilizing direct sales, manufacturer representatives, and distributors along with service and training organizations. Koolant Koolers manufactures standard and custom industrial liquid chillers, coolers and heat exchanger packages that extend the useful life and productivity of equipment. Chillers are used in a wide variety of applications that include the cooling of lasers, medical diagnostic equipment, spindles, filtration & heat treating equipment, water jet intensifiers, spot welding machines, electronic equipment, semiconductor processing equipment, machine tools and plastic injection molding equipment. All products are manufactured in the U.S. for sale directly and through indirect sales channels in North America. Somero Enterprises manufactures highly specialized laser guided concrete screeding equipment used in the commercial construction industry. Products are built in the U.S. and sold globally through a direct sales force, sales representatives and dealers. Effective January 1, 2005, Tipper Tie and DI Foodservice became part of the Packaging and Food Equipment companies groups, respectively, at Dover Systems, a new segment subsidiary. At the same time, Kurz-Kasch and Triton, joined the new Dover Electronics segment subsidiary. RESOURCES Resources' twelve stand-alone operating companies manufacture components and equipment for the oil and gas production industry, petroleum retailing, refining and transportation industries, general process industries, automotive industries, recreational and off-road vehicle market, and other select commercial markets. A description of each stand-alone operating company is provided below. Warn Industries is the market leader for high performance recreational winches, winch mounts, four-wheel drive (4WD) hubs, and other accessories for 4WD vehicles, including both light trucks and all-terrain 6

vehicles (ATV). In addition, Warn provides a range of patented, technologically advanced 4WD and all-wheel drive (AWD) powertrain systems to leading automotive OEMs around the world, primarily North America. The Energy Products Group (EPG) consists of six North American operating units, US Synthetic, Norris, Alberta Oil Tool (AOT), Quartzdyne, Ferguson-Beauregard and Norriseal, which primarily serve the upstream oil and gas exploration and production industry. US Synthetic, which was acquired August 31, 2004, is a leading supplier of polycrystalline diamond cutters (PDCs) used in drill bits for oil and gas well drilling. Norris and AOT produce forged steel sucker rods and accessories, integral parts of artificial lift systems used primarily in on-shore oil and gas production. Quartzdyne manufactures precision pressure transducers using proprietary quartz-resonator sensor technology to provide continuous monitoring of pressure, temperature, and flow, in "downhole" oil and gas exploration and production applications. Ferguson-Beauregard provides products that improve production from natural gas wells and electronic well controllers for remotely monitoring, controlling, and optimizing production from natural gas fields. Norriseal provides control valves, butterfly valves, and control instrumentation primarily for oil and gas production applications and, to a lesser extent, the general industrial, refining, chemical processing, and marine markets. Sales are made directly to customers and through various distribution channels. The Energy Products Group's market is global, but sales are predominantly in North America, with the bulk of international sales occurring in South America. OPW Fueling Components is a global leader in high quality vehicle fueling solutions. OPW offers an extensive line of fuel dispensing products including conventional, vapor recovery, and CleanEnergy (LPG, CNG, and Hydrogen) nozzles, swivels and breakaways, as well as Vaporsaver 1 -- a tank pressure management system. OPW provides a complete line of environmental products for both aboveground and underground storage tanks, suction system equipment, flexible piping, and secondary containment systems. The ECO Air products line offers an array of tire inflation and vacuum systems, while its OPW Fuel Management Systems group specializes in unattended fuel management, integrated tank monitoring, and Point-of-Sale systems. OPW Fueling Component's products are marketed globally through a network of distributors and company sales offices located throughout the world. De-Sta-Co manufactures and sells a variety of modular automation and workholding components, including manual toggle clamps, pneumatic and hydraulic clamps, automation power clamps, automation shuttles and lifters, grippers, slides, end-effectors, and other "end of robot arm" devices. De-Sta-Co serves the automotive, electronics, and general industrial markets from plant facilities in the U.S., Germany, Thailand, France, and Brazil, and its products are marketed globally on a direct basis and through a network of distributors. Blackmer manufactures pumps and compressors for the transfer of liquid and gas products in a wide variety of markets, including the refined fuels, LPG, pulp & paper, wastewater, food/sanitary, military/marine, transportation, and chemical process industries. Pump technologies include positive displacement, sliding vane and eccentric disc pumps in addition to centrifugal process pumps. Compressor technologies include reciprocating, rotary vane, and screw compressors. Blackmer sells to OEMs directly, and to other markets through a global network of distributors, primarily in the Americas, Europe and Asia. OPW Fluid Transfer Group supplies engineered products, including valves, electronic controls, loading arms, swivels, and couplings, for the transfer, monitoring, measuring, and protection of hazardous, liquid and dry bulk commodities in the chemical, petroleum, and transportation industries. These products are manufactured in the U.S., India, Brazil and the Netherlands. OPW Fluid Transfer Group's products are sold globally, both directly and through distributors. Wilden produces a wide range of air-operated double-diaphragm pumps made of a variety of metals and engineered plastics. Wilden pumps are used in a wide variety of fluid transfer applications in general industrial, process industry, and specialized applications. Sales are predominantly through distributors, with over half of Wilden's sales derived from international markets. Wilden acquired Almatec GmbH in December of 2004. Almatec is located near Dusseldorf, Germany, and it designs, manufactures and markets air-operated double-diaphragm pumps used primarily in the biopharmaceutical, chemical and electronics process industries, with its primary markets in Europe. 7

C. Lee Cook is comprised of three units: C. Lee Cook, Compressor Components (CCI), and Cook Manley. C. Lee Cook is a leading manufacturer of piston rings, seal rings, and packings for reciprocating compressors used in the natural gas production and distribution markets, and petrochemical and petroleum refining industries. These products are sold as original equipment parts to compressor manufacturers, and as aftermarket replacement parts. CCI manufactures replacement valves, rods, rings, high performance plastic bushings, and other compressor components, and provides compressor repair services through its service centers, primarily for the North American gas production and distribution markets. Cook Manley designs and manufactures engineered valves for engines and compressors and injection-molded specialty plastic components for gas compressor markets worldwide. C. Lee Cook's products are sold both directly and through various sales channels, largely in North America. Texas Hydraulics designs and manufactures highly engineered welded hydraulic cylinders for work platform, aerial utility truck, material handling, construction, and mining industry OEMs throughout North America. Through its Hydromotion subsidiary located in Spring City, Pennsylvania, Texas Hydraulics also provides custom hydraulic swivels and electric slip rings for its markets. Cylinders are manufactured in Texas and Tennessee for sale directly to customers. The Tulsa Winch Group includes Tulsa Winch, DP Manufacturing, Pullmaster Winch, and the Greer Company. The primary markets served by the group include the construction, marine, lumber, railroad, refuse, petroleum, military towing and recovery and utility markets, which are served through original equipment manufacturers and an extensive dealer network. Products manufactured by the group include worm gear and planetary winches, worm gear and planetary hoists, traction (constant pull) winches, rotation drives, speed reducers, capstan drives, high capacity bumper/winch packages, electronic monitoring systems and other related products. RPA Process Technologies designs and manufactures engineered liquid filtration equipment and systems for the petroleum refining, chemical, food & beverage, pulp and paper, hydrometallurgy, and other process industries on a global basis. The filtration product range includes mechanically self-cleaning filters, backwashing filters, bags and cartridge filters, belt filters, drum filters and vacuum table filters, and they are marketed and sold under the leading brand names of Ronningen-Petter, Filtres Philippe, Filtres Vernay and UCEGO. Hydro Systems manufactures chemical proportioning and dispensing systems used to dilute and dispense concentrated cleaning chemicals to the food service, health care, supermarket, institutional, school, building service contractor and industrial markets. Hydro Systems' products are generally sold to manufacturers of concentrated cleaning chemicals who market them with their branded chemicals to offer a complete chemical management system to their end user customers. Effective January 1, 2005, Hydro Systems became a part of the new Dover Electronics subsidiary segment. TECHNOLOGIES Technologies is comprised of thirteen stand-alone operating companies that manufacture products in three broad groupings: Circuit Board Assembly and Test equipment (CBAT), Specialized Electronic Components (SEC), and Marking and Imaging systems. In 2004 Technologies completed three larger and three small add-on acquisitions. A description of each stand-alone operating company is provided below. Circuit Board Assembly and Test (CBAT) Universal Instruments manufactures high-speed precision machinery used to assemble components onto printed circuit boards. Its products include thru-hole component assembly machines, surface mount placement equipment, and odd component assembly cells. It also provides complete assembly lines by integrating equipment and software required for turnkey assembly solutions. Universal manufactures in the U.S. and in China, with sales and service operations in more than 30 countries. Everett Charles Technologies (ECT) makes machines, test fixtures and related products used in testing "bare" and "loaded" electronic circuit boards and semiconductors. Its products generally connect the device 8

under test to the in-circuit or functional test set. ECT also manufactures spring loaded probes which are used in many of its products and also sold separately. Machines are built in the U.S., Europe and China and test fixtures are made at locations worldwide. Products are marketed directly on a worldwide basis. DEK produces high-speed precision screen printers and related tools and consumables to apply solder paste and epoxy glue to substrates at the start of the printed circuit board assembly process. Advanced applications include printing solder paste bumps onto semiconductor wafers used in the "flip chip" process and onto "ball grid" array packages. DEK manufactures in the U.K. and China and has sales/service offices throughout Europe, North America, and Asia Pacific, with a network of distributors and agents providing further support in these territories. OK International manufactures specialized and manual industrial tools for the professional electronics workbench, including precision manual soldering and desoldering tools, ball grid array rework and inspection stations, fluid dispensing systems and other hand tools. Products are made at various U.S. and Chinese locations for sale to customers in the electronics, aerospace and telecom industries through sales organizations around the world that manage distributors and independent representatives. Vitronics Soltec manufactures automated soldering systems for high volume electronic circuit board manufacturing. With factories in the U.S., the Netherlands, and China, it makes wave soldering machines primarily applied to thru-hole assembly, reflow soldering systems typically used for surface mount circuits and selective soldering to automatically solder specific components or provide solder connections in selective areas of printed circuit boards. Vitronics Soltec has sales and service offices in Europe, North America, and Asia, but also sells through distributors and agents. Alphasem manufactures die attach equipment to attach semiconductor die to their protective packages, providing interconnections to the next level of packaging. These "packages" are vital components in all kinds of simple and sophisticated electronic systems used in computers, automotive applications, space, communication devices, medical systems, and aircraft. SSE, a recent acquisition, manufactures and distributes production equipment for the semiconductor, telecom/optoelectronics and flat panel display markets. Alphasem is based in Switzerland and has sales and service offices in Europe, Asia, and North America. Hover-Davis manufactures component feeders, direct die feeders, and label feeders that are used on high-speed component placement machines as part of automated circuit board assembly lines. Headquartered in Rochester, New York, Hover-Davis sells certain products directly to assembly equipment manufacturers including Universal Instruments, while other products, fitting different assembly equipment, are being sold to end users. Sales and service is supported by a network of independent manufacturing representatives and distributors. Effective January 1, 2005, the CBAT companies were renamed the Circuit Assembly and Test (CAT) companies to better reflect the broader market served. Specialty Electronic Components (SEC) Vectron International designs and manufactures frequency control/select components and modules, employing quartz technologies. Products are manufactured at multiple locations in the U.S. and Germany and are sold to communication equipment, defense and aerospace, medical and industrial customers. In September 2004, Vectron completed the acquisition of the Corning Frequency Control business, which is expected to strengthen Vectron's position in the precision frequency generation and control industry by expanding its product offerings and capabilities to provide custom-engineered solutions to customers. Dow-Key Microwave is a specialty manufacturer of microwave electro-mechanical switches for sale to the medical, wireless, defense and aerospace industries. Design and manufacturing operations are in the U.S. and sales are made worldwide through representatives. K&L Microwave designs and manufactures radio frequency and microwave filters and integrated assemblies. K&L has manufacturing operations in the U.S. and the Dominican Republic and sells its products to communication equipment and defense and aerospace customers. 9

Novacap is a specialty manufacturer of multi-layer ceramic capacitors and planar arrays for custom high voltage, high reliability applications. It manufactures products in the U.S. and the U.K. for sale to communications, medical, defense and aerospace and automotive manufacturers. Dielectric Laboratories is a manufacturer of single and multi-layer high frequency capacitors for use in the communications, defense and automotive industries. Design and manufacturing operations are in the U.S. and sales are made worldwide through representatives. Effective January 1, 2005, the SEC companies became part of the new Dover Electronics segment. Marking and Imaging Imaje is a major worldwide supplier of industrial marking and coding systems. Its primary product is a Continuous Ink Jet (CIJ) printer, which is used for marking variable information (such as date codes or serial numbers) on consumer products. Markpoint, acquired in 2001, added two new technologies to Imaje's product lineup: Drop on Demand (DOD) printers and thermal printers used for marking on secondary packaging such as cartons. Datamax International, acquired in December of 2004, manufactures bar code printers and related products. This acquisition will strengthen Dover's position in the Automatic Identification and Data Capture (AIDC) market. Imaje has also added laser and thermal transfer printers to its broad array of marking and coding solutions. Imaje's markets are very broad and include food, beverage, cosmetics, pharmaceutical, electronics, automotive and other applications where variable marking is required. Products are made in Europe, the U.S. and China, where Imaje engages in both printer assembly and the formulation of ink. Imaje's direct sales/service network has subsidiaries in 30 countries and sells in over 90 countries. Datamax sells primarily through distributors. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS In August of 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 144, "Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets," which was effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001. SFAS No. 144 establishes accounting and reporting standards for the impairment and disposal of long-lived assets and discontinued operations. The Company elected to early adopt SFAS No. 144 in 2001. The application of these standards results in the classification, and separate financial presentation, of certain entities as discontinued operations, which are not included in continuing operations. The earnings (loss) from discontinued operations include charges to reduce these businesses to estimated fair value less costs to sell. Fair value is determined by using quoted market prices, when available, or other accepted valuation techniques. All interim and full year reporting periods have been restated to reflect the discontinued operations discussed below. Please refer to Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item No. 8 of this Form 10-K for additional information. The Company's executive management performs periodic reviews at all of its operating companies to assess their growth prospects under its ownership based on many factors including end market conditions, financial viability and their long term strategic plans. Based upon these reviews, management, from time to time, has concluded that some businesses had limited growth prospects under its ownership due to relevant domestic and international market conditions, ongoing financial viability or the fact that they did not align with management's long-term strategic plans. During 2004, the Company discontinued and sold one business in the Technologies segment in the first quarter of 2004 and sold five businesses that were discontinued in 2003. During 2003, the Company discontinued five businesses, three in the Diversified segment and one business in each of the Industries and Resources segments, all of which were classified as held for sale as of December 31, 2003. In aggregate, these businesses were not material to the Company's results. In 2004, these five businesses plus one additional business were disposed of or liquidated for a net after tax loss of $2.4 million. During 2002, the Company discontinued seven businesses, four in the Technologies segment and three in the Resources segment. In 2002, two of these businesses, one from each of Technologies and Resources, were 10

sold for a net after tax loss of $4.5 million. The five remaining businesses were classified as held for sale as of December 31, 2002. In 2003, all five businesses were disposed of or liquidated for a net after tax gain of $4.9 million. Charges to reduce these discontinued businesses to their estimated fair values have been recorded in earnings (losses) from discontinued operations net of tax. For the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, pre-tax charges were recorded to write-off goodwill of $17.3 million and $31.6 million, respectively, and other long-lived asset impairments and other charges were recorded of $0.2 million and $12.3 million, respectively. No charges related to the write-off of goodwill or other long-lived asset impairments were recorded in 2004. Also during 2003, in connection with the completion of a federal income tax audit and commercial resolution of other issues, the Company adjusted certain reserves established in connection with the sales of previously discontinued operations and recorded a gain on the sales of discontinued operations net of tax of $16.6 million, and additional tax benefits of $5.1 million related to losses previously incurred on sales of business. These amounts were offset by charges of $13.6 million, net of tax, to reduce discontinued businesses to their estimated fair value, and a loss on the sale of discontinued operations net of tax of $6.0 million related to contingent liabilities from previously discontinued operations. Total losses from discontinued operations in 2002 primarily relate to charges to reduce discontinued businesses to their estimated fair value. RAW MATERIALS Dover's operating companies use a wide variety of raw materials, primarily metals and semi-processed or finished components, which are generally available from a number of sources. As a result, shortages or the loss of any single supplier have not had, and are not likely to have, a material impact on operating profits. During 2002, steel tariffs were imposed on the importation of certain steel products, which had a slight adverse impact on a number of Dover operating companies that use large amounts of steel. These tariffs remained in effect throughout most of 2003 and were repealed late in the year. In 2004, there were meaningful increases in raw material costs, particularly steel, and higher energy costs, including an estimated increase in unrecovered steel costs of $35 million. These increases primarily affected all three of the Company's industrial segments. Although steel prices are expected to remain relatively high during 2005 and will continue to have an impact on a number of Dover operating companies, the Company expects that the overall raw material cost impact will be less in 2005 than it was in 2004. RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT Dover's operating companies are encouraged to develop new products as well as to upgrade and improve existing products to satisfy customer needs, expand sales opportunities, maintain or extend competitive advantages, improve product reliability and reduce production costs. During 2004, approximately $188.3 million was spent on research and development, compared with $158.7 million and $166.2 million in 2003 and 2002, respectively. For the Technologies companies, efforts in these areas tend to be particularly significant because the rate of product development by their customers is often quite high. In general, the Technologies companies that provide electronic assembly equipment and services can anticipate that the performance capabilities of such equipment are expected to improve significantly over time, with a concurrent expectation of lower operating costs and increasing efficiency. Significant new product development and introduction costs were realized in 2003-2004, which are expected to moderate in 2005. Likewise, Technologies companies developing specialty electronic components for the datacom and telecom commercial markets anticipate a continuing rate of product performance improvement and reduced cost, such that product life cycles generally average less than five years with meaningful sales price reductions over that time period. The Industries, Resources and Diversified segments contain many businesses that are also involved in important product improvement initiatives. These businesses also concentrate on working closely with customers on specific applications, expanding product lines and market applications, and continuously improving manufacturing processes. Only a few of these businesses experience the same rate of change in their markets and products that is experienced generally by the Technologies businesses. 11

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY The Company owns many patents, trademarks, licenses and other forms of intellectual property, which have been acquired over a number of years and, to the extent relevant, expire at various times over a number of years. A large portion of the Company's intellectual property consists of confidential and proprietary information constituting trade secrets that the Company seeks to protect in various ways including confidentiality agreements with employees and suppliers where appropriate. While the Company's intellectual property is important to its success, the loss or expiration of any significant portion of these rights probably would not materially affect the Company or any of its segments. The Company believes that its commitment to continuous engineering improvements, new product development and improved manufacturing techniques, as well as strong sales, marketing and service efforts, are significant to its general leadership position in the niche markets that it serves. SEASONALITY In general, Dover's operations, while not seasonal, tend to have stronger revenues in the second and third quarters. In particular, those companies serving the transportation, construction, waste hauling, petroleum, commercial refrigeration and food service markets tend to be strong during the second and third quarters. Companies serving the major equipment markets, such as power generation, chemical and processing industries, tend to have long lead times geared to seasonal, commercial or consumer demands, which tend to delay or accelerate product ordering and delivery to coincide with those market trends. CUSTOMERS Dover's businesses serve thousands of customers, no one of which accounted for more than 10% of the Company's consolidated revenues in 2004. Within each of the four segments, no customer accounted for more than 10% of that segment's sales in 2004. The Technologies Specialty Electronic Component (SEC) group addresses the military, space, aerospace, commercial and datacom/telecom infrastructure markets. Their customers include some of the largest customers in these markets including Raytheon (military) and Lucent, Cisco and Huawei (datacom/telecom). In addition, many of the OEM customers of the SEC group outsource their manufacturing to Electronic Manufacturing Services (EMS) companies. The Technologies' Circuit Board Assembly and Test group customers also include many of the largest global EMS companies including Jabil, Solectron, Celestica and Flextronics and the newer emerging EMS companies in China such as Foxconn, Asustek, Inventec and Wistron. In the other Dover segments, customer concentrations are quite varied. Companies supplying the automotive and commercial refrigeration industries tend to deal with a few large customers that are significant within those industries. This also tends to be true for companies supplying the power generation, aerospace and chemical industries. In the other markets served, there is usually a much lower concentration of customers, particularly where the companies provide a substantial number of products and services, applicable to a broad range of end use applications. BACKLOG Backlog generally is not a significant factor in most of Dover's businesses, as most of Dover's products have relatively short order-to-delivery periods. It is more relevant to those businesses in the segments which produce larger and more sophisticated machines or have long-term government contracts, primarily in the Diversified segment as well as the Heil companies from the Industries segment and the CBAT and SEC companies from the Technologies segment. Total company backlog as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 was $1,057.4 million and $822.9 million, respectively. 12

COMPETITION Dover's competitive environment is complex because of the wide diversity of the products it manufactures and the markets it serves. In general, most Dover companies are market leaders which compete with only a few companies and the key competitive factors are customer service, product quality and innovation. In addition, since most of Dover's manufacturing operations are in the United States, Dover usually is a more significant competitor domestically than in foreign markets. In the Technologies segment, Dover competes globally against a few very large companies, primarily operating in Japan, Europe and the Far East. Its primary competitors are Japanese producers, including Fuji Machine, Panasonic and TDK, and European manufacturers like Philips and Siemens. Within the other segments, competition is primarily domestic, although an increasing number of Dover companies see more international competitors and several serve markets which are predominantly international, particularly Belvac, Quartzdyne, RPA Process Technologies, Tipper Tie, Tranter, and Waukesha. INTERNATIONAL For foreign sales, export sales and an allocation of the assets of the Company's continuing operations, see Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item No. 8 of this Form 10-K. Although international operations are subject to certain risks, such as price and exchange rate fluctuations and foreign governmental restrictions, Dover intends to increase its expansion into foreign markets including South America, Asia and Eastern Europe. The countries where most of Dover's foreign subsidiaries and affiliates are based are France, Germany, the U.K., The Netherlands, Sweden, Switzerland and, with increased emphasis, China. ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS Dover believes its operations generally are in substantial compliance with applicable regulations. In a few instances, particular plants and businesses have been the subject of administrative and legal proceedings with governmental agencies or private parties relating to the discharge or potential discharge of regulated substances. Where necessary, these matters have been addressed with specific consent orders to achieve compliance. Dover believes that continued compliance will not have any material impact on the Company's financial position going forward and will not require significant capital expenditures. EMPLOYEES The Company had approximately 28,100 employees as of December 31, 2004. OTHER INFORMATION Dover makes available free of charge through the "Financial Reports" link on its Internet website, http://www.dovercorporation.com, the Company's annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to the reports. Dover posts each of these reports on the website as soon as reasonably practicable after the report is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The information on the Company's Internet website is not incorporated into this Form 10-K. 13

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES The number, type, location and size of the Company's properties as of December 31, 2004 are shown on the following charts, by segment:

SQUARE FOOTAGE NUMBER AND NATURE OF FACILITIES (000'S) --------------------------------- -------------- SEGMENT MFG. WAREHOUSE SALES/SERVICE OWNED LEASED - ------- ---- --------- -------------- ----- ------ Diversified............................. 45 13 39 3,396 954 Industries.............................. 40 13 26 4,060 736 Resources............................... 71 15 36 3,395 836 Technologies............................ 71 28 173 2,278 1,780
LOCATIONS LEASED FACILITIES ---------------------------------- ------------------------ NORTH EXPIRATION DATES (YEARS) AMERICAN EUROPEAN ASIA OTHER MINIMUM MAXIMUM -------- -------- ---- ----- ---------- ---------- Diversified..................... 49 31 -- 6 1 25 Industries...................... 64 13 2 3 1 10 Resources....................... 71 13 3 6 1 6 Technologies.................... 61 68 84 39 1 18
The facilities are generally well maintained and suitable for the operations conducted. In 2005, the Company expects to make modest increases in capacity for a few businesses experiencing strong growth demands. ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS A few of the Company's subsidiaries are involved in legal proceedings relating to the cleanup of waste disposal sites identified under Federal and State statutes which provide for the allocation of such costs among "potentially responsible parties." In each instance the extent of the Company's liability appears to be very small in relation to the total projected expenditures and the number of other "potentially responsible parties" involved and is anticipated to be immaterial to the Company. In addition, a few of the Company's subsidiaries are involved in ongoing remedial activities at certain plant sites, in cooperation with regulatory agencies, and appropriate reserves have been established. The Company and certain of its subsidiaries are also parties to a number of other legal proceedings incidental to their businesses. These proceedings primarily involve claims by private parties alleging injury arising out of use of the Company's products, exposure to hazardous substances or patent infringement, litigation and administrative proceedings involving employment matters, and commercial disputes. Management and legal counsel periodically review the probable outcome of such proceedings, the costs and expenses reasonably expected to be incurred, the availability and extent of insurance coverage, and established reserves. While it is not possible at this time to predict the outcome of these legal actions or any need for additional reserves, in the opinion of management, based on these reviews, it is remote that the disposition of the lawsuits and the other matters mentioned above will have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position, results of operations, cash flows or competitive position. ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS No matter was submitted to a vote of the Company's security holders in the last quarter of 2004. EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT All officers are elected annually at the first meeting of the Board of Directors following the annual meeting of stockholders and are subject to removal at any time by the Board of Directors. The executive 14

officers of Dover as of February 28, 2005, and their positions with the Company (and, where relevant, prior business experience) for the past five years are as follows:

NAME AGE POSITIONS HELD AND PRIOR BUSINESS EXPERIENCE - ---- --- -------------------------------------------- Ronald L. Hoffman.............. 56 Chief Executive Officer (since January 1, 2005) and President (since July 2003) of Dover; President and Chief Executive Officer of Dover Resources, Inc. (from 2002 to 2003); Executive Vice President of Dover Resources, Inc. (from mid-2000 to 2002); and President of Tulsa Winch, Inc. (through mid-2000). Ralph S. Coppola............... 60 Vice President of Dover and President and Chief Executive Officer of Dover Systems, Inc. (since October 1, 2004); prior thereto for more than five years President, Hill Phoenix Inc. Robert G. Kuhbach.............. 57 Vice President, Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (since November 2002); through December 2002 and for more than five years prior thereto Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Dover. Robert A. Livingston........... 51 Vice President of Dover and President and Chief Executive Officer of Dover Electronics, Inc. (since October 1, 2004); prior thereto President of Vectron International, Inc. (since January 2002); prior thereto Executive Vice President of Dover Technologies International, Inc. (since April 1998). Raymond T. McKay, Jr. ......... 51 Vice President (since February 2004), Controller (since November 2002); prior thereto Assistant Controller, Dover (since June 1998). John E. Pomeroy................ 63 Vice President of Dover and President and Chief Executive Officer of Dover Technologies International, Inc. George Pompetzki............... 52 Vice President, Taxation, of Dover (since May 2003); prior thereto for more than five years Senior Vice President of Taxes, Siemens Corporation. David J. Ropp.................. 59 Vice President of Dover and President and Chief Executive Officer of Dover Resources, Inc. (since July 2003); prior thereto, Executive Vice President of Dover Resources, Inc. (since February 2003); prior thereto, President of OPW Fueling Components (since February 1998). Timothy J. Sandker............. 56 Vice President of Dover and President and Chief Executive Officer of Dover Industries, Inc. (since July 2003); prior thereto, Executive Vice President, Dover Industries (since April 2000); prior thereto for more than five years, President, Rotary Lift. Joseph W. Schmidt.............. 58 Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary of Dover (since January 2003); prior thereto for more than five years partner in Coudert Brothers LLP (a multi-national law firm). William W. Spurgeon............ 46 Vice President of Dover and President and Chief Executive Officer of Dover Diversified, Inc. (since October 1, 2004); prior thereto Executive Vice President of Dover Diversified, Inc. (since March 2004); prior thereto President of Sargent Controls & Aerospace (since October 2001); prior thereto Executive Vice President of Sargent Controls & Aerospace (since May 2000). Robert A. Tyre................. 60 Vice President -- Corporate Development of Dover.
15

PART II ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES The principal market in which the Company's common stock is traded is the New York Stock Exchange. Information on the high and low sales prices of such stock, and the frequency and the amount of dividends paid during the last two years is as follows: DOVER CORPORATION COMMON STOCK CASH DIVIDENDS AND MARKET PRICES(1)

2004 2003 --------------------------- --------------------------- MARKET PRICES MARKET PRICES --------------- DIVIDENDS --------------- DIVIDENDS HIGH LOW PER SHARE HIGH LOW PER SHARE ------ ------ --------- ------ ------ --------- First.......................... $44.13 $36.41 $.150 $31.43 $22.85 $.135 Second......................... 42.81 35.50 .150 34.70 23.77 .135 Third.......................... 42.37 36.67 .160 38.79 29.17 .150 Fourth......................... 42.72 35.12 .160 40.45 35.22 .150 ----- ----- $ .62 $ .57 ===== =====
- --------------- (1) As reported in the Wall Street Journal The number of holders of record of the Company's Common Stock as of February 28, 2005 was approximately 14,000. This figure includes participants in the Company's 401(k) program. On November 15, 2004 pursuant to the Dover Corporation 1996 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Compensation Plan (the "Directors' Plan"), the Company issued an aggregate of 9,120 shares of its Common Stock to its eight outside directors (after withholding an aggregate of 3,904 additional shares to satisfy tax obligations), as compensation for serving as directors of the Company during 2004. Under the Dover Corporation Directors' Plan as amended effective November 4, 2004, non-employee Directors receive annual compensation in an amount set from time to time by the Board, payable partly in cash and partly in common stock as such allocations may be adjusted from time to time by the Board of Directors, subject to the limitation set forth in the Directors' Plan on the maximum number of shares that may be granted to any Director in any year (10,000 shares). For 2003 and 2004, annual compensation was set at $90,000, payable 25% in cash and 75% in common stock. For 2004, the annual compensation of $90,000 was paid by $22,500 in cash and 1,628 shares of common stock, based on the fair market value of common stock on November 15, 2004. Dover purchased a number of its shares during the fourth quarter of 2004. The shares listed below were acquired by Dover from the holders of its employee stock options when they tendered previously owned shares as full or partial payment of the exercise price of such stock options. These shares are applied against the exercise price at market price on the date of exercise. The following table depicts the purchase of these shares made during the fourth quarter of the year:
(C) TOTAL NUMBER (D) MAXIMUM NUMBERS OF SHARES (OR (OR APPROXIMATE DOLLAR (B) AVERAGE UNITS) PURCHASED VALUE) OF SHARES (OR (A) TOTAL NUMBER PRICE PAID AS PART OF PUBLICLY UNITS) THAT MAY YET BE OF SHARES (OR PER SHARE ANNOUNCED PLANS PURCHASED UNDER THE PERIOD UNITS) PURCHASED (OR UNIT) OR PROGRAMS PLANS OR PROGRAMS - ------ ---------------- ----------- ------------------- ---------------------- October 1 to October 31, 2004......................... 4,153 36.30 Not Applicable Not Applicable November 1 to November 30, 2004......................... 1,917 40.67 Not Applicable Not Applicable December 1 to December 31, 2004......................... 833 41.44 Not Applicable Not Applicable FOR FOURTH QUARTER 2004........ 6,903 38.13 Not Applicable Not Applicable
16

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA Selected Dover Corporation financial information for the years 2000 through 2004 is set forth in the following 5-year Consolidated Table.

2004 2003 2002 2001 2000 ---------- --------- --------- --------- --------- (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE FIGURES) Net sales........................ $5,488,112 4,413,296 4,053,593 4,223,245 4,889,035 Net earnings from continuing operations..................... 409,140 285,216 207,846(1) 178,236(2) 497,483(3) Net earnings (losses) per common share: Basic -- Continuing operations.... $ 2.01 1.41 1.02 0.88 2.45 -- Discontinued operations................ 0.02 0.04 0.17 0.34 0.11 ---------- --------- --------- --------- --------- -- Total net earnings before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle................. 2.03 1.45 0.85 1.22 2.56 -- Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle................. -- -- (1.45) -- -- ---------- --------- --------- --------- --------- -- Net earnings (losses).... $ 2.03 1.45 (0.60) 1.22 2.56 ========== ========= ========= ========= ========= Diluted -- Continuing operations.... $ 2.00 1.40 1.02 0.87 2.43 -- Discontinued operations................ 0.02 0.04 (0.18) 0.35 0.11 ---------- --------- --------- --------- --------- -- Total net earnings before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle................. 2.02 1.44 0.84 1.22 2.54 -- Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle................. -- -- (1.44) -- -- ---------- --------- --------- --------- --------- -- Net earnings (losses).... $ 2.02 1.44 (0.60) 1.22 2.54 ========== ========= ========= ========= ========= Dividends per common share....... $ .62 .57 .54 .52 .48 Weighted average number of common shares outstanding: -- Basic....................... 203,275 202,576 202,571 202,925 202,971 -- Diluted..................... 204,786 203,614 203,346 204,013 204,677 Capital expenditures............. $ 107,434 96,400 96,417 158,773 177,823 Depreciation and amortization.... $ 160,845 151,309 156,946 207,845 178,485 Total assets..................... $5,781,358 4,995,373 4,280,383 4,368,345 4,371,068 Total debt....................... $1,092,328 1,067,585 1,054,058 1,075,172 1,471,968
- --------------- All results and data in this section reflect continuing operations, which exclude discontinued operations unless otherwise noted. (1) Includes pre-tax restructuring charges of $28.7 million and inventory charges of $12.0 million. (2) Includes pre-tax restructuring charges of $17.2 million and inventory charges of $63.8 million. (3) Includes pre-tax gain on sale of marketable securities of $13.7 million. 17

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION 2004 COMPARED WITH 2003 SUMMARY Sales for 2004 of $5,488.1 million were up $1,074.8 million or 24% from 2003, primarily driven by increases of $396.9 million at Technologies and $354.6 million at Resources. Technologies' sales were impacted by positive trends in the global electronics industry, particularly in the back-end semiconductor market, as well as expansion of the Chinese manufacturing capacity. Resources' sales increased due to improved market conditions and the full year impact of the 2003 acquisition of Warn Industries. Industries' sales increased $181.2 million and Diversified's sales increased by $142.6 million. Sales would have increased 20.9% to $5,336.9 million if 2003 foreign currency translation rates were applied to 2004 results. Acquisitions completed during 2004 contributed $104.1 million to sales and contributed gross profit of $38.6 million. Gross profit of $1,894.4 million in 2004 represented a 25% increase compared to $1,520.4 million in 2003. Gross profit margins for both 2004 and 2003 were 34.5% as volume increases in the current year were offset by rising commodity prices. Selling and administrative expenses for 2004 were $1,282.2 million or 23% of net sales, compared to $1,076.7 million or 24% of net sales in 2003. The increase in selling and administration expenses includes the costs related to Sarbanes-Oxley requirements and increases in compensation and pension benefits. Operating profit of $612.2 million for 2004 increased $168.4 million compared to the prior year due primarily to the 24% increase in revenues, benefits from the Company's restructuring programs undertaken during 2002 and 2001, and slightly improved global economic conditions. Operating profit margin for 2004 was 11.2% compared to 10.1% for 2003. Net interest expense decreased 1% to $61.3 million for 2004, compared to $62.2 million for 2003. The primary reason for the decrease in net interest expense was income related to the Company's outstanding interest rate swaps related to a portion of its long-term debt. Other net income for 2004 was $1.2 million and includes gains on dispositions, favorable settlements and miscellaneous credits of $9.9 million which were largely offset by foreign exchange losses of $8.7 million. Other expenses of $9.7 million for 2003 primarily related to foreign exchange losses of $6.2 million. The foreign exchange losses in both 2004 and 2003 primarily relate to appreciation of the Euro against the U.S. dollar. Dover's effective 2004 tax rate for continuing operations was 25.9% compared to the 2003 rate of 23.3%. The low effective tax rate for both years is largely due to the continuing benefit from tax credit programs such as those for R&E combined with the benefit from U.S. export programs, lower effective foreign tax rates from the utilization of net operating loss carry forwards and the recognition of certain capital loss benefits which were higher in 2003. Net earnings from continuing operations for 2004 were $409.1 million or $2.00 per diluted share compared to $285.2 million or $1.40 per diluted share from continuing operations in 2003. For 2004, net earnings before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle were $412.8 million or $2.02 per diluted share, including $3.6 million or $.02 per diluted share in earnings from discontinued operations, compared to $292.9 million or $1.44 per diluted share for 2003, which included $7.7 million or $.04 per diluted share in earnings from discontinued operations. Discontinued operations earnings for 2004 were $3.6 million compared to earnings of $7.7 million in 2003. During 2003, in connection with the completion of a federal income tax audit and commercial resolution of other issues, the Company adjusted certain reserves, established in connection with the sales of previously discontinued operations, and recorded a gain on the sales of discontinued operations net of tax of $16.6 million, and additional tax benefits of $5.1 million related to losses previously incurred on sales of business. These amounts were offset by charges of $13.6 million, net of tax, to reduce discontinued businesses to their estimated fair value, and a loss on the sale of discontinued operations net of tax of $6.0 million related to contingent liabilities from previously discontinued operations. Total losses from discontinued operations in 18

2002 primarily relate to charges to reduce discontinued businesses to their estimated fair value. Please refer to Note 7 in the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8. For 2002, the impact of the adoption of the Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets," resulted in a net loss of $121.3 million. The adoption resulted in a goodwill impairment charge of $345.1 million ($293.0 million, net of tax, or $1.44 diluted earnings per share). The adoption of the standard also discontinued the amortization of goodwill effective January 1, 2002. There were no goodwill impairments charges in 2004 and 2003. DIVERSIFIED

TWELVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, ---------------------------------- 2004 2003 % CHANGE ---------- ---------- -------- (IN THOUSANDS, UNAUDITED) Net sales.......................................... $1,310,835 $1,168,256 12% Earnings........................................... 149,779 131,867 14% Operating margins.................................. 11.4% 11.3% Bookings........................................... 1,412,384 1,161,012 22% Book-to-Bill....................................... 1.08 0.99 Backlog............................................ 440,583 334,349 32%
Diversified's earnings increased 14% on a 12% sales increase, as capital equipment markets improved throughout the year. The earnings increase was achieved mainly through higher sales volumes, new products and successful marketing programs. Most of the companies, especially SWEP, Tranter PHE and Hill Phoenix, were negatively affected by significantly increased raw material prices. Crenlo, Mark Andy, Graphics Microsystems, and Hydratight Sweeney accounted for most of the earnings gain, which was somewhat offset by declines at SWF and Belvac. Segment bookings improved 22% over prior year, and Diversified enters 2005 with a record year-end backlog. Hill Phoenix reported record sales and bookings, and earnings were the second best ever at 3% below last year's record. Despite slower overall market conditions and consolidations in the supermarket industry, Hill Phoenix continues to grow sales through expansion of its customer base by offering industry-leading product innovations and strong customer service. Earnings at Refrigeration Systems and National Cooler both exceeded last year. These increases were offset by lower earnings at Display Cases, which was heavily impacted by the unprecedented rise in commodity costs and a slow down in new construction and remodels by two of its major customers. Margins were down slightly as the rise in material prices outpaced the businesses' ability to increase prices or fully offset them with cost-reduction initiatives. Revenue growth is expected to continue in 2005 as Hill Phoenix finished the year with its highest backlog in three years. Sargent reported record sales, fueled by the continued recovery of the commercial and defense aerospace markets. Earnings improved 10%, however margins were negatively impacted by start-up investments in a facility in Mexico and increased operational support for Sargent Canada's 89% volume increase. Raw material availability and increasing cost remained a challenge at all business units, especially at Sonic. Record bookings improved 23% over prior year, led by the Marine Division being awarded a large U.S. military order for a submarine ship set. Performance Motorsports produced excellent operating leverage as earnings increased 15% on a 4% sales increase. Their performance was driven by the recovery of the automotive racing and powersports markets, the addition of new customers and improved operating efficiency. Earnings records were set at three of their business units, JE Pistons, ProX and Carrillo. JE Pistons and Carrillo achieved market share gains with a number of NASCAR racing teams, while ProX benefited from new products and improved distribution. Wiseco's margins declined as a result of manufacturing inefficiencies associated with the shift from 2-cycle to 4-cycle pistons. Performance Motorsports exceeded prior year sales, earnings and margins in every quarter of 2004. 19

SWEP achieved record bookings, sales and earnings, while margins decreased slightly due to significant material cost increases. Order activity was steady throughout the year in both its heat pump and boiler markets, and production capacity was increased with both capital investments and productivity programs to meet the growing demand. Earnings were up 12%, driven by volume increases, cost reduction and favorable currency rates. Due to brisk sales in Asia, the plant in Malaysia increased production volume by almost 100% for the year. Tranter PHE set new bookings and sales records in 2004, though earnings dropped below last year by 2%. Earnings benefited from the higher sales volume, but were more than offset by significantly increased stainless steel and titanium prices and costs associated with the implementation of a new business system. Prior investment made in its low-cost facility in India produced increased capacity and allowed it to double output in 2004. Margins improved significantly in the fourth quarter, due to an improved sales mix, better pricing and a reduced workforce. Tranter PHE has had success in selling to new markets such as ethanol plants in the U.S. and processing plants in Brazil. Belvac finished the year with flat sales compared to 2003. Earnings were down 16% due to investments in product development, start-up costs associated with opening a new facility in the Czech Republic, and increases in commodity costs. Bookings, especially in the second half, were very strong and increased by 41% for the full year. The increase in bookings is related to a growing requirement for can size diversity, conversions in can top sizes, and growth in the European market. A significant portion of its business includes spares and retrofits that improve productivity of its customer's equipment. Backlog at year-end was at its highest point in seven years and was 72% higher than the prior year. Crenlo achieved record bookings and sales, due to increased cab volumes with key customers in the construction/agriculture equipment market. In addition to the higher volume, its earnings and margins increased significantly as a result of solid execution of its performance improvement plan. Although steel costs continued to be a significant issue, it was able to pass through the majority of the price increase to its customers. Its specialty enclosure business reported flat sales and earnings for the year. Crenlo's backlog increased each quarter, and ended the year at 49% above 2003. Mark Andy's results were much improved over prior year, as it achieved record sales and bookings and more than doubled earnings. Significant growth in label press orders were driven by the strength of the Euro, U.S. tax incentives and improvements in sales strategies. A number of new product introductions in both the Mark Andy and Comco product lines have enhanced its technology leadership position in the industry. Growth was seen in both the domestic and international markets, and indications are that it has taken market share from competitors. Hydratight Sweeney had a record year, as earnings grew 57% on a sales gain of 23%. Its tension and service business drove the performance with strong sales to the robust oil and gas markets, especially in the North Sea and the Middle East. Both its Morgrip and Hevilift product lines made strong contributions to its results in 2004. The Torque business unit's results were down to prior year due to low hydraulic sales, partially offset by increased industrial and aero sales, especially to military customers. Waukesha Bearings reported slightly lower earnings on flat sales as the power generation market is experiencing a slow recovery. However, its oil and gas markets continue to be buoyant and are expected to remain strong in 2005. The decline in earnings is primarily the result of significant one-time charges associated with a warranty reserve, employee redundancy and recruitment costs, and a write-down of a facility held for sale, partially offset by a favorable legal settlement. Bookings and backlog were up due to a large order in the nuclear equipment market for its CRL business unit. Graphics Microsystems had an outstanding year with record bookings, sales and earnings, as it won significant business from six new key customers for its color and ink control products. It has been successful at changing its business model, moving its customer base from small and medium size printers in the aftermarket to large printers and the high-end new press OEM market. A new product was added, ribbon control, which was successfully approved by an OEM customer as the standard for its presses. A sizeable R&D operation was 20

established in India, which directly contributed to Graphics Microsystems' market growth by improving software quality and the overall development process. SWF had a disappointing year, with declines in sales and a loss for the year. Results continued to be adversely affected by high warranty costs and product development expenses. The lack of sustained bookings at a level for efficient production was another significant negative factor in its performance. Although market activity improved, the closing cycle for capital investment in packaging automation continued to increase. The acquisition of GSMA Systems in March of 2004 increased the company's capabilities by being able to provide robotic solutions to complex handling problems. INDUSTRIES

TWELVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, ---------------------------------- 2004 2003 % CHANGE ---------- ---------- -------- (IN THOUSANDS, UNAUDITED) Net sales.......................................... $1,221,178 $1,039,930 17% Earnings........................................... 138,359 121,200 14% Operating margins.................................. 11.3% 11.7% Bookings........................................... 1,255,104 1,105,046 14% Book-to-Bill....................................... 1.03 1.06 Backlog............................................ 238,954 201,866 18%
Dover Industries sales increased 17% reflecting continued market share gains helped by considerable new product introductions. Sales have now increased for seven consecutive quarters. Earnings grew 14%, driven by sales gains but were offset by rising steel prices. The largest contributors to earnings increases were Heil Environmental due to share gains and Chief Automotive which benefited from new product introductions. Heil Environmental's performance improved versus 2003 despite significant steel cost increases, as a small decline in the Refuse Collection Vehicle market was offset by market share gains. An increase in buying in municipal markets, increases in market share within the national account segment, further penetration into the independent hauler segment, and an active New York City market drove revenues to double-digit gains. Bayne, a 2001 acquisition, also contributed with record performance during the year driven primarily by newly gained distribution. Heil's European business grew as well, increasing market share in the municipal market. Rotary Lift delivered improved sales driven partially by market share gains in the important 2-post segment of the market, although much of the increase in revenues was due to new product categories introduced in the latter half of 2003 that carry lower margins. Earnings were also hampered by escalating steel costs and margin pressures from low-cost Asian imports. Rotary continues to focus on providing productivity-based solutions, which has partially insulated it from severe pricing pressures seen at the commodity end of the business. Rotary's European operations, enhanced by the acquisition of Blitz in mid-2003, delivered double digit gains in their first full year as Rotary Lift Europe. Total Rotary year-end backlog is up over 40% compared to 2003. Heil Trailer, the only global manufacturer of tank trailers, recovered from a weak 2003. A stronger US tank market, improved results in Argentina due to pent-up demand in the Argentine and surrounding economies, and strong governmental sales at Kalyn Siebert drove the favorable comparisons. However, a stagnant Asian market hurt by ambivalent enforcement of truck weight limits, plant shut-down expenses in the UK, and material cost escalations partially offset this gain. Revenues were positively impacted by a full year of military shipments, although rising steel costs impacted profitability. Tipper Tie reported its best results in over four years. Tipper's international operations, which account for 60% of sales, had another strong year, building from 2003's solid results. Despite weakness in the German market, the result of a consolidating retail environment, international sales increased over 10% driven by strength in Eastern Europe, primarily Russia, Poland, Romania, Hungary and the Baltic states. Alpina, a Swiss company acquired in 2000, delivered record sales and earnings surpassing its record performance in 21

2003. The US business rebounded moderately amid continued pricing pressures. Tipper Tie benefited from strength in the European currencies which was offset by increased aluminum costs. Marathon delivered record sales driven by strength across its product line. Recycling products had a strong year as baler sales increased behind new product introductions and product redesigns. Marathon increased its market share due in part to a large one-time order from a national account, by leveraging its broad product line, and by focusing engineering efforts on identifying customer needs. This has led to increased new product activity that will continue into 2005. Accordingly, backlogs are up 19%. Investments in products for major retail, financial institutions, and global customers drove Triton's sales to the highest level in its history. During the year, Triton produced its 100,000(th)ATM while achieving sales of over 20,000 units. This year marked the transition from serving primarily low-end retail ATM markets to becoming a player in the mid to high-end market of major retail and financial institutions. Costs associated with these endeavors hampered margins, but set the stage for positive returns in 2005 and beyond. In Canada, unit sales were at an all time high, while European unit sales climbed over 30%. PDQ's revenues were flat with the prior year as the "in bay automatic' domestic market held relatively flat throughout the year. After a relatively strong start to the year, poor weather and rising gas prices were negative influences on orders, which began to fall off in the third quarter. Sales to major oil companies were up for the year, but investor sales were flat as hurricanes and heavy rain reduced near-term car wash volume and therefore made current investors reconsider their replacement and expansion plans for the year. New products introduced during the year were well received. Both the G5 S-Series, a higher-end Laser wash, and the Access machine, a wash activation unit, delivered sales gains in excess of 50% but were not enough to make up for a less active jobber market. DI Foodservice, which includes Groen, Randell, and Avtec, reported a revenue decline and a 70% decline in earnings. Continued weakness in municipal spending negatively impacted the institutional equipment market for the third consecutive year. 2004 saw numerous chain restaurant new-store openings being delayed or put on hold. Earnings results were also impacted by a number of adverse accrual adjustments that occurred during the year. A management change has been implemented, and performance is expected to improve in 2005. Kurz-Kasch's revenues increased over 40% in 2004, primarily driven by the effect of the acquisition of Wabash Magnetics at the end of 2003. Strong specialty plastics sales offset weakness in stator sales. Performance at Wabash was above expectations driven primarily by strength in its irrigation markets. Profits at Kurz-Kasch Consolidated increased over 2003 levels, but were impacted by unfavorable product mix and plant closing costs associated with the Wabash acquisition. Despite a continued soft economy, consolidation of the auto repair market, rising steel prices, and insurance industry trends negatively impacting the collision industry, Chief delivered its best performance since 2001. Rebounding from a difficult year in 2003, Chief grew sales and earnings at double digit rates fueled by the introduction of new pulling products and a 75% increase in measuring equipment unit sales. Somero grew sales and earnings as the introduction of two new products contributed to gains both domestically and internationally. The SXP large screed was developed to replace the original laser screed machine and sales of large screeds doubled from 2003 levels. The Copperhead XD, a product that primarily serves the upper deck and smaller floor concrete screeding markets, was improved to add more power and torque and contributed to an 18% sales gain in Copperhead revenue. International sales increased to 30% of total revenue, driven by new market penetration in Europe and Australia. Koolant Koolers rode a recovery in the machine tool industry and posted double digit sales and earnings gains. In addition, Koolant Koolers continued its diversification into other markets and applications, making significant inroads into the food processing market in 2004. At Schreiber, a recovery in the plastics and welding markets was partially offset by a slowdown in medical shipments. 22

RESOURCES

TWELVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, -------------------------------- 2004 2003 % CHANGE ---------- -------- -------- (IN THOUSANDS, UNAUDITED) Net sales........................................... $1,337,229 $982,658 36% Earnings............................................ 216,291 136,851 58% Operating margins................................... 16.2% 13.9% Bookings............................................ 1,394,810 990,057 41% Book-to-Bill........................................ 1.04 1.01 Backlog............................................. 163,460 104,395 57%
Dover Resources' 2004 sales increased 36%, or $355 million, to $1,337 million primarily due to relatively strong conditions in markets served by Dover Resources companies. The strength was most prevalent in those companies in the oil and gas equipment group (Energy Products Group and C. Lee Cook) and those in the material handling group (Tulsa Winch, Texas Hydraulics, and Warn) that serve the construction equipment, mobile crane, recovery vehicle, and power sports markets. All 12 Resources companies increased bookings versus 2003 and Dover Resources ended the year with a backlog that was 57% above prior year. Earnings increased by 58%, or $79 million to $216 million and operating margins increased 2.3 points to 16.2%. Warn, which was acquired on October 1, 2003, continued to generate strong growth and earnings in the first full year as a Dover company. Warn experienced record sales in power sports products, strong growth in its branded truck products, and continued growth in powertrain products driven by increased demand for light trucks and sport utility vehicles. Sales increases of 22% generated earnings increases of 13%, which included the impact of increased material costs that could not be immediately passed on to OEM customers. The new WARN Works(R) line of lifting and pulling products gained market acceptance at two major home improvement retailers. The continued flow of new products at Warn is expected to fuel future growth. The Energy Products Group financials include four months of the results of US Synthetic, which was acquired on August 31, 2004. 2004 was a strong year for the Energy Products Group in terms of sales and earnings growth. The business did an excellent job of offsetting material price increases and managing through difficult issues of material shortages. OPW Fueling Components continued to grow both sales and earnings, a result of continued expansion of new environmental regulations, as well as an increase in retail service station construction and remodeling. OPW also benefited from the opening of a new manufacturing facility in China and an expanded presence in Brazil. The business generated significant cost savings from its global sourcing efforts and continued expansion of its Six Sigma quality process. OPW Fluid Transfer Group increased earnings 26% on a 22% sales increase and had strong performance at each of its business units. The rail tank car market experienced stronger growth than recent years and was a factor in the improved results at Midland. Civacon, Engineered Systems, and European operations all saw improvement in their transportation and loading equipment markets. The Group continued to strengthen its global presence with the expansion into Brazil. The synergy generated across its business units outside the U.S. has been a driver of international growth. Wilden grew both sales and earnings in 2004 with exceptionally good growth outside the U.S. Sales increased 8%, excluding the impact of the Almatec acquisition, which was completed on December 17, 2004. Blackmer benefited from restructuring and consolidation initiatives in 2003. The business generated strong earnings leverage as a result of these initiatives and from actions to grow revenue. Earnings increased significantly on a sales increase of 13%. Blackmer's French operations also had a strong year with increases in sales and earnings resulting from initiatives to further expand its presence outside of France. De-Sta-Co leveraged an 8% sales increase into a very strong earnings performance. Most of De-Sta-Co's markets were solid in 2004 with strong growth in robotics tooling and through major industrial catalog sales. 23

These strengths were dampened by slow growth in the automotive tooling and work holding markets. Germany was a solid contributor to the improved business results, due in part to a weaker U.S. dollar. The Tulsa Winch Group achieved record sales in 2004 with positive market conditions in most segments served by Tulsa Winch. In particular, the petroleum, military, construction equipment, and mobile crane markets rebounded in early 2004 and provided increased opportunities for growth. The business has been able to realize synergy in sales and engineering from the acquisitions of DP, Pullmaster, and Greer, which were acquired in 2000. The product synergies are expected to provide even more growth opportunities as electronic sensing is further expanded across the traditional mechanical and hydraulic winch product offering. Texas Hydraulics experienced record bookings in 2004 and was challenged to overcome capacity constraints and material cost and availability issues. To accommodate both sales and earnings increases of over 60%, Texas Hydraulics undertook a number of improvements, including further expansion of "lean concepts," selective outsourcing and capital investments, which have proven to be positive factors. The company is now positioned to benefit from these improvements in 2005. C. Lee Cook generated a 21% earnings improvement on a 7% sales increase. The markets served by Cook (gas compression and transmission) were exceptionally strong in 2004, both in the OEM equipment and the maintenance and service sectors. Even though Cook had a facility destroyed by a fire in January 2004, the business was able to recover and get back into operation without a loss of customers or profitability. Hydro Systems finished 2004 on a strong note and for the full year achieved an earnings increase of 5% on a sales increase of 7%. Results were dampened by a legal settlement in early 2004. The business achieved strong results from its European operations, benefited from a downsizing in one of its U.S. facilities, and has begun to see growth in its newly established Brazil business. RPA Process Technologies completed a year of "rebuilding." After implementing a restructuring of its French operations in mid-2004, the business returned to profitability in the second half of 2004. The business achieved record levels of bookings in 2004 and has a backlog that exceeds 40% of its sales plan for 2005. There are still challenges facing the business in terms of global positioning and the need to re-invigorate the product offering, but the management team is clearly focused on making the necessary changes. TECHNOLOGIES

TWELVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, ---------------------------------- 2004 2003 % CHANGE ---------- ---------- -------- (IN THOUSANDS, UNAUDITED) Net sales.......................................... $1,628,135 $1,231,241 32% Earnings........................................... 162,198 84,763 91% Operating margins.................................. 10.0% 6.9% Bookings........................................... 1,612,722 1,275,598 26% Book-to-Bill....................................... 0.99 1.04 Backlog............................................ 215,157 182,427 18%
Technologies sales increased to $1,628 million, a 32% increase over 2003. Earnings increased $77 million or 91%. The overall electronics industry continued its recovery, which commenced in 2003. Particularly strong was the mid-year activity in the back-end semiconductor markets. However, by the fourth quarter, the semiconductor and related markets had slowed significantly as did the level of Chinese contract manufacturers' capital expenditures. MARKING AND CODING Imaje had record sales (up 16%) and earnings (up 7%) and continues to see growth in all of its product areas: Continuous Ink Jet (CIJ) applications in primary packaging and Drop on Demand (DOD) and Thermal Transfer on Line (TTOL) applications in secondary packaging and large character printing. CIJ unit volume for the year was at a record level although non-CIJ products are becoming an increasing percentage of 24

Imaje's business. The newly released Print & Apply product is being very well-received in the market. The industrial markets served by Imaje and its competitors continue to be very competitive with pressure on pricing. Imaje continues to invest in globalizing its infrastructure. During 2004, Imaje opened a new and larger manufacturing facility in Shanghai, China, relocated from Xiamen, China. In addition, during December, Imaje completed the acquisition of Datamax International, a Florida-based manufacturer of bar code printers, which will operate as a separate business unit. As this acquisition closed near year end, Datamax had very little impact on the sales and earnings of Imaje for 2004. CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY AND TEST (CBAT)

TWELVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, -------------------------------- 2004 2003 % CHANGE ---------- -------- -------- (IN THOUSANDS, UNAUDITED) Net sales........................................... $1,037,470 $731,749 42% Earnings............................................ 116,559 43,691 167% Operating margins................................... 11.2% 6.0% Bookings............................................ 1,014,865 760,923 33% Book-to-Bill........................................ 0.98 1.04 Backlog............................................. 110,281 107,036 3%
Technologies' CBAT businesses reported earnings of $117 million, an increase of $73 million or 167%. Sales increased 42% to $1,037 million, while bookings increased 33% to $1,015 million. Most of this growth came from the companies serving the back-end semiconductor markets (ECT and Alphasem) and from new technology requirements in solder paste management and soddering (DEK and Vitronics Soltec). Everett Charles Technologies (ECT) had an excellent year. Sales increased 62% while earnings increased 129%. ECT acquired the test handling company Rasco GmbH in June 2004. Rasco contributed approximately 16% of the overall growth in sales and 35% of the growth in earnings. All areas of ECT performed well, in particular all of its divisions serving the back end semiconductor markets and its Probe division, although business activity fell off considerably during the fourth quarter. Universal Instruments saw an increase in both sales and profits over 2003. Universal's second half roll out of new products is beginning to see market acceptance in competitive situations although margin improvement is still a challenge. There still remain some transition challenges for 2005, but year end activity indicates a potential for growing market share. DEK reported a strong year with sales increases of 50%, resulting in an earnings increase of 352%. Even with the strong growth, the strengthening of the UK currency had a negative impact on its margins as a significant portion of its operating costs are in the United Kingdom. DEK continues to focus on increasing its recurring revenue base of consumable products -- stencils, spare parts and other process support products. Vitronics Soltec performed very well in 2004. Sales and earnings not only grew 67% and 425%, respectively, but exceeded the record sales and earnings level of 2000. Vitronics Soltec is gaining market share due to its leadership role in lead free soldering, strong market acceptance of its selective soldering machines, and its product breadth that addresses the specific needs of the North American, European and Asian markets. Despite the significant fall off in the integrated circuit segment of the die-attach equipment market during the second half of 2004, Alphasem was able to expand its business in the memory, chip attach and special application segments, resulting in sales growth of 75% and earnings improvement of 106% over the prior year. The acquisition of SSE GmbH in June 2004 has increased Alphasem's ability to serve special applications. OK International reported a 20% increase in sales, and a 9% operating margin, up from a 1.5% margin in 2003. The improvement is in part due to it having completed the restructuring of its domestic operations into a 25

single manufacturing facility in southern California, further development of its China manufacturing platform and roll out of a new low-cost soldering system. Hover-Davis increased sales 49% and had positive earnings for the current year compared to a small loss in 2003. This growth was attributed primarily to its circuit assembly feeders. Though not contributing significantly this year, label feeders and direct die feeders are expected to increase their contribution to the sales and earnings of Hover-Davis in 2005. SPECIALTY ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS (SEC)

TWELVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, --------------------------------- 2004 2003 % CHANGE ---- --------- --------- (IN THOUSANDS, UNAUDITED) Net sales............................................. $257,168 $211,575 22% Earnings.............................................. 15,637 7,289 115% Operating margins..................................... 6.1% 3.4% Bookings.............................................. 260,661 221,145 18% Book-to-Bill.......................................... 1.01 1.05 Backlog............................................... 70,771 53,074 33%
In Technologies' SEC companies, sales for the year were $257.2 million compared to $211.6 million last year, an increase of 21.6%. Excluding 2004 acquisitions and divestitures, sales were up 11.1% with stronger demand from communication equipment customers, which peaked in the second quarter of 2004. Earnings improved significantly to $15.6 million compared to $7.3 million last year. During the first half of 2004, SEC margins showed continuous improvement over 2003, but peaked in the second quarter. The decline in shipments during the second half of 2004, the downsizing charges at some companies, and high insurance charges resulted in second half margins of only 4%. Cost reduction/containment, strong sales/product management and integration activities are the areas of focus for management entering 2005. Vectron reported an increase in sales of 31% for the year inclusive of acquisition and divestiture activities. Excluding the impact of these activities, Vectron saw double digit sales growth. Vectron's earnings for the year increased by 57% compared to 2003 mostly from the revenue gains on the old Vectron business. In September 2004, Vectron completed the acquisition of Corning Frequency Control. This acquisition strengthens Vectron's position in the precision frequency generation and control industry (primarily wireless telecom customers) by expanding Vectron's product offerings and capabilities to provide custom-engineered solutions to customers. The capacitor companies, Novacap and Dielectric, recorded a combined sales increase of 22%. Sales of the capacitor companies were enhanced by the acquisition of Voltronics in May 2004. Voltronics primarily serves the medical imaging market which remained strong through the second half of 2004, offsetting the weakness experienced by Novacap and Dielectric from communication equipment customers. However, pricing pressure from customers in Asia and the impact of non-recurring insurance charges led to an overall decline in earnings at the capacitor companies. K&L Microwave posted a loss in 2004, down from the loss realized in 2003, but still reflective of an organization and structure that had not been adequately sized for current business levels. Operational realignment charges impacted 2004 earnings in the third quarter. K&L posted a profit in the fourth quarter as a result of this realignment. Dow Key, which has a strong military and aerospace business, ended the year with an 9% earnings gain on flat sales. The company experienced strong bookings in the second half of 2004, which boosted its backlog going into 2005. 26

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES The Company's consolidated financial statements and related public financial information are based on the application of generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America ("GAAP"). GAAP requires the use of estimates, assumptions, judgments and subjective interpretations of accounting principles that have an impact on the assets, liabilities, revenue and expense amounts reported. These estimates can also affect supplemental information contained in the public disclosures of the Company, including information regarding contingencies, risk and its financial condition. The Company believes its use of estimates and underlying accounting assumptions conform to GAAP and are consistently applied. Valuations based on estimates are reviewed for reasonableness on a consistent basis throughout the Company. Primary areas where the financial information of Dover is subject to the use of estimates, assumptions and the application of judgment include the following areas. Revenue is recognized and earned when all of the following circumstances are satisfied: a) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, b) price is fixed or determinable, c) collectibility is reasonably assured and d) delivery has occurred. In revenue transactions where installation is required, revenue can be recognized when the installation obligation is not essential to the functionality of the delivered products. Revenue transactions involving non-essential installation obligations are those which can generally be completed in a short period of time, at insignificant cost and the skills required to complete these installations are not unique to the Company and in many cases can be provided by third parties or the customers. If the installation obligation is essential to the functionality of the delivered product, revenues are deferred until installation is complete. In a limited number of revenue transactions, other post shipment obligations such as training and customer acceptance are required and, accordingly, revenues are deferred until the customer is obligated to pay, or acceptance has been confirmed. Service revenues are recognized and earned when services are performed and are not significant to any period presented. Allowances for doubtful accounts are estimated at the individual operating companies based on estimates of losses related to customer receivable balances. Estimates are developed by using standard quantitative measures based on historical losses, adjusting for current economic conditions and, in some cases, evaluating specific customer accounts for risk of loss. The establishment of reserves requires the use of judgment and assumptions regarding the potential for losses on receivable balances. Though Dover considers these balances adequate and proper, changes in economic conditions in specific markets in which the Company operates could have a material effect on reserve balances required. In times of rapid market decline, such as affected a number of Technologies' companies in 2001 and 2002, reserve balances need to be adjusted in response to these unusual circumstances. Inventory for the majority of the Company's subsidiaries, including all international subsidiaries and the Technologies segment, are stated at the lower of cost, determined on the first-in, first-out (FIFO) basis, or market. Other domestic inventory is stated at cost, determined on the last-in, first-out (LIFO) basis, which is less than market value. Under certain market conditions, estimates and judgments regarding the valuation of inventory are employed by the Company to properly value inventory. Technologies companies tend to experience higher levels of inventory value fluctuations, particularly given the relatively high rate of product obsolescence over relatively short periods of time. Occasionally, the Company will establish restructuring reserves at an operation in accordance with appropriate accounting principles. These reserves, for both severance and exit costs, require the use of estimates. Though Dover believes that these estimates accurately reflect the anticipated costs, actual results may be different than the estimated amounts. Dover has significant tangible and intangible assets on its balance sheet that include goodwill and other intangibles related to acquisitions. The valuation and classification of these assets and the assignment of useful depreciation and amortization lives involves significant judgments and the use of estimates. The testing of these intangibles under established accounting guidelines (including SFAS No. 142) for impairment also requires significant use of judgment and assumptions, particularly as it relates to the identification of reporting units and the determination of fair market value. Dover's assets and reporting units are tested and reviewed for impairment on an annual basis during the fourth quarter or when there is a significant change in 27

circumstances. The Company believes that its use of estimates and assumptions are reasonable and comply with generally accepted accounting principles. Changes in business conditions could potentially require future adjustments to these valuations. The valuation of Dover's pension and other post-retirement plans requires the use of assumptions and estimates that are used to develop actuarial valuations of expenses and assets/liabilities. These assumptions include discount rates, investment returns, projected salary increases and benefits, and mortality rates. The actuarial assumptions used in Dover's pension reporting are reviewed annually and compared with external benchmarks to assure that they accurately account for Dover's future pension obligations. Changes in assumptions and future investment returns could potentially have a material impact on Dover's pension expenses and related funding requirements. Dover's expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is reviewed annually based on actual returns and portfolio allocation. Dover has significant amounts of deferred tax assets that are reviewed for recoverability and valued accordingly. These assets are evaluated by using estimates of future taxable income streams and the impact of tax planning strategies. Reserves are also estimated for ongoing audits regarding federal, state and international issues that are currently unresolved. The Company routinely monitors the potential impact of these situations and believes that it is properly reserved. Valuations related to tax accruals and assets can be impacted by changes in accounting regulations, changes in tax codes and rulings, changes in statutory tax rates and the Company's future taxable income levels. Dover has significant accruals and reserves related to its risk management program. These accruals require the use of estimates and judgment with regard to risk exposure and ultimate liability. The Company estimates losses under these programs using actuarial assumptions, Dover's experience, and relevant industry data. Dover considers the current level of accruals and reserves adequate relative to current market conditions and Company experience. Dover has established reserves for environmental and legal contingencies at both the operating company and corporate levels. A significant amount of judgment and use of estimates is required to quantify Dover's ultimate exposure in these matters. The valuation of reserves for contingencies is reviewed on a quarterly basis at the operating and corporate levels to assure that Dover is properly reserved. Reserve balances are adjusted to account for changes in circumstances for ongoing issues and the establishment of additional reserves for emerging issues. While Dover believes that the current level of reserves is adequate, future changes in circumstances could impact these determinations. The Company from time to time will discontinue certain operations for various reasons. Estimates are used to adjust, if necessary, the assets and liabilities of discontinued operations to their estimated fair value less costs to sell. These estimates include assumptions relating to the proceeds anticipated as a result of the sale. The adjustments to fair market value of these operations provide the basis for the gain or loss when sold. Changes in business conditions or the inability to sell an operation could potentially require future adjustments to these estimates. LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES Management assesses the Company's liquidity in terms of its ability to generate cash to fund its operating, investing and financing activities. Significant factors affecting liquidity are: cash flows generated from operating activities, capital expenditures, acquisitions, dispositions, dividends, adequacy of commercial paper and available bank lines of credit and the ability to attract long-term capital with satisfactory terms. The Company continues to generate substantial cash from operations and remains in a strong financial position, with enough liquidity available for reinvestment in existing businesses and strategic acquisitions while managing the capital structure on a short and long-term basis. 28

The following table is derived from the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows:

TWELVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, ------------------------- CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATIONS 2004 2003 - -------------------------- ----------- ----------- (IN THOUSANDS, UNAUDITED) Cash flows provided by operating activities................. $ 597,447 $ 577,366 Cash flows (used in) investing activities................... (524,853) (435,238) Cash flows (used in) financing activities................... (100,950) (98,281)
Cash flow provided from operating activities during 2004 were up 4.2% compared to 2003. Increases in cash flows from operations were primarily driven by increased net earnings of $119.9 million in 2004, while $104.6 million in tax refunds were received in 2003. Cash used in investing activities for 2004 rose to $524.9 million from the prior year, reflecting an increase in acquisition activity from the prior year. The acquisition expenditures for 2004 were $506.1 million compared to $362.1 million in 2003 as the Company completed eight new purchases. The Company is hopeful that 2005 acquisition activity will be consistent with the 2004 level but that will depend largely upon the availability and pricing of appropriate acquisition candidates. Capital expenditures of $107.4 million for the year were $11.0 million higher than in 2003. Capital expenditures during 2004 and 2003 were funded by internal cash flow. Capital expenditures for 2005 are expected to increase over 2004 levels. Cash used in financing activities during 2004 and 2003 were essentially flat. Dividends paid of $126.1 million in 2004 were the primary use of the cash for financing activities in 2004. Cash used in financing activities during 2003 primarily reflected a net $13.5 million increase of debt and dividend payments of $115.5 million. During 2004, Dover repaid approximately $9 million of long-term debt and had $65 million of commercial paper outstanding as of December 31, 2004. In addition to measuring its cash flow generation and usage based upon the operating, investing and financing classifications included in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow, the Company also measures free cash flow. Management believes that free cash flow is an important measure of operating performance because it provides both management and investors a measurement of cash generated from operations that is available to fund acquisitions and repay debt. Dover's free cash flow for 2004 and 2003 remained essentially flat including a large tax refund in 2003. The following table is a reconciliation of free cash flow with cash flows from operating activities:
TWELVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, ------------------------- FREE CASH FLOW 2004 2003 - -------------- ----------- ----------- (IN THOUSANDS, UNAUDITED) Cash flow provided by operating activities.................. $ 597,447 $ 573,366 Less: Capital expenditures.................................. (107,434) (96,400) Dividends to stockholders................................. $(126,060) (115,504) --------- --------- Free cash flow.............................................. $ 363,953 $ 361,462 ========= =========
The Company's cash and cash equivalents decreased 3% during 2004 to $358 million at December 31, 2004, compared to $370 million at December 31, 2003. Adjusted working capital (calculated as accounts receivable, plus inventory, less accounts payable) increased from December 31, 2003 by $220.9 million or 20.0% to $1,324 million, primarily driven by increases in receivables of $165.1 million to $912.7 million and increases in inventory of $136.4 million to $775.7 million, offset by increases in payables of $80.6 million to $364.4 million. Excluding the impact of acquisitions on working capital of $105.4 million and changes in foreign currency of $33.2 million, working capital increased by $82.1 million or 7.4% from December 31, 2003. Increases in receivables were driven by acquisitions of $49.8 million, increases due to foreign currency fluctuations of $31.1 million and increased sales activity. Inventory balances increases were driven by acquisitions of $70.5 million, increases due to foreign currency 29

fluctuations of $18.7 million and increases due to operational efforts to build up inventory for the ramping up of production, particularly in the Technologies segment. Increases in accounts payable were driven by acquisitions of $15.0 million, foreign currency fluctuations of $16.6 million and a concerted effort by management to better align the payable cycle with the Company's cash receipts cycle. Other assets and deferred charges remained essentially flat and were $195.7 million as of December 31, 2004. At December 31, 2004, the Company's net property, plant, and equipment amounted to $756.7 million compared to $717.9 million at the end of the preceding year. The increase in net property, plant and equipment reflected acquisitions of $63.2 million, capital expenditures of $107.4 million and increases related to foreign currency fluctuation of $17.4 million, offset by depreciation. Goodwill and intangible assets increased $305.1 million and $154.2 million, respectively. Increases were primarily driven by acquisitions which resulted in goodwill of $278.7 million and intangible assets of $158.6 million and fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates of $26.4 million, offset by amortization. The aggregate of current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities increased from $330.8 million net deferred tax liability at the beginning of the year to $429.7 million at year-end. This resulted primarily from the increase in deferrals related to intangible assets ($278.7 acquisition-related), offset by increases in deferred tax assets from accrued compensation. Current accrued expenses increased $49.5 million to $471.4 million at December 31, 2004. Increases during 2004 related to increased accrued compensation and employee benefits of $30.3 million, increased insurance accruals of $18.0 million and increases in other accrued expenses of $.7 million. Retained earnings increased from $3,342.0 million at the beginning of 2004 to $3,628.7 million at December 31, 2004. The $286.7 million increase resulted from 2004 net earnings of $412.8 million, reduced by cash dividends which aggregated $126.1 million. Stockholders' equity increased from $2,742.7 million to $3,118.7 million. The $376.0 million increase resulted mainly from the increase in retained earnings and increased equity adjustments related to foreign currency translation of $75.5 million. Dover's consolidated pension benefit obligation increased by $33.2 million in 2004. The increase was due principally to plan amendments related to increased participation in the supplemental benefit plan. In addition, plan assets increased $15.5 million due to gains on plan investments during the year which were partially offset by payout of benefits. During 2004, plan amendments created an increase in the benefit obligation of $26.0 million. Due to the decrease in the net funded status of the plans and the increase in the amortization of unrecognized losses, it is estimated that pension expense will increase from $15.9 to approximately $24.9 million in 2005. The Company anticipates discretionary contributions to its pension benefit plans of $32 million in 2005, including supplemental benefits. The Company utilizes the total debt and net debt to total capitalization calculations to assess its overall financial leverage and believes the calculations are useful to its stockholders for the same reasons. The total debt level of $1,092.3 million as of December 31, 2004 increased $24.7 million from December 31, 2003 as a result of drawing down approximately $25 million more of short-term commercial paper. As of December 31, 2004, net debt of $734.5 million represented 19.1% of total capital, a decrease of 1.1 percentage points from December 31, 2003. Borrowings under the Company's commercial paper program were minimal throughout 2004, never exceeding $65 million during the year. Commercial paper outstanding as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 was $65 million and $40 million, respectively. In November 2005, the Company is scheduled to repay $250 million of long term debt. 30

The following table reconciles net debt and net debt to total capitalization:

DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31, NET DEBT TO TOTAL CAPITALIZATION RATIO 2004 2003 - -------------------------------------- --------------- --------------- (IN THOUSANDS, UNAUDITED) Current maturities of long-term debt........................ $ 252,677 $ 3,266 Commercial paper and other short-term debt.................. 86,588 60,403 Long-term debt.............................................. 753,063 1,003,915 ---------- ---------- Total debt.................................................. 1,092,328 1,067,584 Less: Cash, equivalents and marketable securities........... 357,803 371,397 ---------- ---------- Net debt.................................................... 734,525 696,187 Add: Stockholders' equity................................... 3,118,682 2,742,671 ---------- ---------- Total capitalization........................................ $3,853,207 $3,438,858 Net debt to total capitalization............................ 19.1% 20.2%
On September 8, 2004, the Company entered into a $600 million five-year unsecured revolving credit facility with a syndicate of fifteen banks. The Credit Agreement replaced an existing 364-day credit facility and a 3-year credit facility in the same aggregate principal amount and on substantially the same terms and is intended to be used primarily as liquidity back-up for the Company's commercial paper program. As described above, the Credit Agreement has a five-year term, whereas the prior facilities had respective terms of 364 days and three years and would otherwise have expired in October 2004 and October 2005, respectively. The Company has not drawn down any loan under the Credit Agreement, and does not anticipate doing so, and as of December 31, 2004, had commercial paper outstanding in the principal amount of $65 million. At the Company's election, loans under the Credit Agreement will bear interest at a Eurodollar or alternative currency rate based on LIBOR, plus an applicable margin ranging from 0.19% to 0.60% (subject to adjustment based on the rating accorded the Company's senior unsecured debt by S&P and Moody's), or at a base rate pursuant to a formula defined in the Credit Agreement. In addition, the Company will pay a facility fee and a utilization fee in certain circumstances, as described in the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement imposes various restrictions on the Company that are substantially identical to those in the replaced facilities. Among other things, the Credit Agreement generally requires the Company to maintain an interest coverage ratio of EBITDA to consolidated net interest expense of not less than 3.5 to 1. The Company is and has been in compliance with this covenant and the ratio was 12.6 to 1 as of December 31, 2004, and 9.4 to 1 as of December 31, 2003. The Company established a Canadian Credit Facility in November of 2002 with the Bank of Nova Scotia. Under the terms of this Credit Agreement, the Company has a Canadian (CAD) $30 million bank credit availability and has the option to borrow in either Canadian Dollars or U.S. Dollars. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, the outstanding borrowings under this facility were approximately CAD $21 million and U.S. $17 million, respectively. The covenants and interest rates under this facility match those of the primary $600 million revolving credit facility. The Canadian Credit Facility was renewed for an additional year prior to its expiration date of November 25, 2004, and now expires on November 22, 2005. The Company intends to replace the Canadian Credit Facility on or before its expiration date. The primary purpose of this agreement is to facilitate borrowings in Canada for efficient cash and tax planning. The Company may, from time to time, enter into interest rate swap agreements to manage its exposure to interest rate changes. Interest rate swaps are agreements to exchange fixed and variable rate payments based on notional principal amounts. As of December 31, 2004, the Company had three interest rate swaps outstanding for a total notional amount of $150.0 million, designated as fair value hedges of part of the $150.0 million 6.25% Notes due on June 1, 2008, to exchange fixed-rate interest for variable-rate interest. There was no hedge ineffectiveness as of December 31, 2004 and the aggregate fair value of these interest rate swaps of $0.7 million determined through market quotation was reported in other assets and long-term debt. During the first quarter of 2004, the Company terminated an interest rate swap with a notional amount of $50.0 million for an immaterial gain, which is being recognized over the remaining term of the debt issuance. 31

This interest rate swap was designated as a fair value hedge of the 6.25% Notes, due June 1, 2008. During the second quarter of 2004, Dover entered into an interest rate swap with a notional amount of $50.0 million, at more favorable rates to replace the interest rate swap terminated during the first quarter. This interest rate swap is designated as a fair value hedge of the 6.25% Notes due June 1, 2008. The swap is designated in a foreign currency and exchanges fixed-rate interest for variable-rate interest, which also hedges a portion of the Company's net investment in foreign operations. Subsequent to December 31, 2004, one interest rate swap with a notional amount of $50.0 million was terminated with no material impact to the Company. Dover's long-term debt instruments had a book value of $1,005.7 million on December 31, 2004 and a fair value of approximately $1,093.0 million. On December 31, 2003, the Company's long-term debt instruments had a book value of $1,007.2 million and a fair value of approximately $1,103.0 million. Management is not aware of any potential impairment to the Company's liquidity, and the Company is in compliance with all its long-term debt covenants. It is anticipated that in 2005 any funding requirements above cash generated from operations will be met through the issuance of commercial paper or, depending upon market conditions, through the issuance of long-term debt or some combination of the two. The Company's credit ratings are as follows for the years ended December 31:

2004 2003 ---------------------- ---------------------- SHORT TERM LONG TERM SHORT TERM LONG TERM ---------- --------- ---------- --------- Moody's.................................. P-1 A1 P-1 A1 Standard & Poor's........................ A-1 A+ A-1 A+ Fitch.................................... F1 A+ F1 A+
A summary of the Company's undiscounted long-term debt, commitments and obligations as of December 31, 2004 and the years when these obligations come due is as follows:
TOTAL 2005 2006 2007 2008 THEREAFTER ---------- -------- ------- ------- -------- ---------- (IN THOUSANDS) Long-term debt........ $1,005,740 $252,677 $ 1,621 $ 463 $150,806 $600,173 Rental commitments.... 147,437 36,475 28,715 22,872 14,270 45,105 Purchase obligations......... 82,858 80,276 1,779 784 19 -- Capital leases........ 8,031 3,546 2,619 677 131 1,058 Other long-term obligations......... 4,844 762 738 364 360 2,620 ---------- -------- ------- ------- -------- -------- Total obligations..... $1,248,910 $373,736 $35,472 $25,160 $165,586 $648,956 ========== ======== ======= ======= ======== ========
The Company believes that existing sources of liquidity are adequate to meet anticipated funding needs at comparable risk-based interest rates for the foreseeable future. Acquisition spending would increase company debt but management anticipates that the debt to capital ratio will remain generally consistent with historical levels. Operating cash flow and access to capital markets are expected to satisfy the Company's various cash flow requirements, including acquisition spending and pension funding as needed. NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS In July 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued SFAS No. 146, "Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities," which is effective for exit and disposal activities initiated after December 31, 2002. The standard replaces EITF Issue 94-3 and requires companies to recognize costs associated with exit or disposal activities when they are incurred, as defined in SFAS No. 146, rather than at the date of a commitment to an exit or disposal plan. The provisions of SFAS 146 are to be applied prospectively. The effect of the adoption of SFAS No. 146 was immaterial to the Company's consolidated results of operations and financial position. In November of 2002, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 45 (FIN 45), "Guarantor's Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of 32

Others, an interpretation of FASB Statements No. 5, 57 and 107 and Rescission of FASB Interpretation No. 34." FIN 45 clarifies the requirements of FASB Statement No. 5, "Accounting for Contingencies," relating to the guarantor's accounting for, and disclosure of, the issuance of certain types of guarantees. The disclosure requirements of FIN 45 are effective for financial statements of interim or annual periods that end after December 15, 2002 and have been incorporated into the footnotes. The provisions for initial recognition and measurement are effective on a prospective basis for guarantees that are issued or modified after December 31, 2002, irrespective of the guarantor's year-end. FIN 45 requires that upon issuance of a guarantee, the entity must recognize a liability for the fair value of the obligation it assumes under that guarantee. The effect of the adoption of FIN 45 was immaterial to the Company's consolidated results of operations and financial position. The Company has also adopted the disclosure requirements of FIN 45. In December of 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation-Transition and Disclosure -- an amendment of SFAS 123," which is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2002 regarding certain disclosure requirements which have been incorporated into the footnotes. This Statement amends FASB Statement No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," to provide alternative methods of transition for an entity that voluntarily changes to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. It also amends the disclosure provisions of that Statement to require prominent disclosure about the effects on reported net income of an entity's accounting policy decisions with respect to stock-based employee compensation. Finally, this Statement amends APB Opinion No. 28, "Interim Financial Reporting," to require disclosure about those effects in interim financial information. The effect of the adoption of SFAS No. 148 had no impact on the Company's consolidated results of operations or financial position. In January 2003, FASB Interpretation No. 46 (FIN 46), "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities" was issued. FIN 46 provides guidance on consolidating variable interest entities and applies immediately to variable interests created after January 31, 2003. In December 2003, the FASB revised and superseded FIN 46 with the issuance of FIN 46R in order to address certain implementation issues that were adopted the first reporting period ending after March 15, 2004. The interpretation requires variable interest entities to be consolidated if the equity investment at risk is not sufficient to permit an entity to finance its activities without support from other parties or the equity investors lack certain specified characteristics. The effect of the adoption of FIN 46 was immaterial to the Company's consolidated results of operations and financial position. In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, "Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity." SFAS No. 150 establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. SFAS No. 150 applies specifically to a number of financial instruments that companies have historically presented within their financial statements either as equity or between the liabilities section and the equity section, rather than as liabilities. SFAS No. 150 is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. The effect of the adoption of SFAS No. 150 was immaterial to the Company's consolidated results of operations and financial position. In December 2003, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104 (SAB 104), Revenue Recognition. SAB 104 supersedes SAB 101, Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements, to include the guidance from Emerging Issues Task Force EITF 00-21 "Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables." The adoption of SAB 104 did not have a material effect on the Company's consolidated results of operations or financial position. In December 2003, the FASB published a revision to SFAS No. 132 "Employers' Disclosure about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, and 106." SFAS No. 132R requires additional disclosures to those in the original SFAS No. 132 about the assets, obligations, cash flows, and net periodic benefit cost of defined benefit pension plans and other defined benefit postretirement plans. The provisions of SFAS No. 132 remain in effect until the provisions of SFAS No. 132R are adopted. SFAS No. 132R is effective for financial statements with fiscal years ending after December 15, 33

2003. The adoption of SFAS No. 132R did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated results of operations or financial position. In May 2004, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FAS 106-2 (FSP 106-2), "Accounting and Disclosure Requirements Related to the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003," which supersedes FSP 106-1. FSP 106-2 provides guidance on the accounting for the effects of the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (the "Act") for employers that sponsor postretirement health care plans that provide prescription drug benefits. It also requires certain disclosures regarding the effect of the federal subsidy provided by the Act. This FSP is effective for the first interim or annual period beginning after June 15, 2004. The effect of adoption has not been material to the Company's results of operations, cash flow or financial position. In November of 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151, "Inventory Costs," an amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4 "Inventory Pricing." SFAS No. 151 adopts the IASB view related to inventories that abnormal amounts of idle capacity and spoilage costs should be excluded from the cost of inventory and expensed when incurred. The provisions of SFAS No. 151 are applicable to inventory costs incurred during fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. The effect of the adoption of SFAS No. 151 will be immaterial to the Company's consolidated results of operations and financial position. In December of 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123R, "Share-Based Payment." SFAS No. 123R revises previously issued SFAS 123 "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," supersedes Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25 "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," and amends SFAS Statement No. 95 "Statement of Cash Flows." SFAS No. 123R requires the Company to expense the fair value of employee stock options and other forms of stock-based compensation for the interim or annual periods beginning after June 15, 2005. The share-based award must be classified as equity or as a liability and the compensation cost is measured based on the fair value of the award at the date of the grant. In addition, liability awards will be re-measured at fair value each reporting period. The effect of the adoption of SFAS No. 123R will not be materially different from the pro-forma results included in Note 1 Stock-Based Compensation. 2003 COMPARED WITH 2002 SUMMARY Sales for 2003 of $4,413.3 million were up $359.7 million or 9% from 2002, primarily driven by increases of $194.8 million at Technologies and $109.8 million at Resources. Technologies' sales were impacted by recovery in the electronics industry. Resources' sales increased due to improved market conditions and the acquisition of Warn Industries. Diversified's sales increased $52.5 million, while Industries' sales were essentially flat. Sales would have increased 4.6% to $4,238.1 million if 2002 foreign currency translation rates were applied to 2003 results. Acquisitions completed during 2003 contributed $67.7 million to sales and contributed gross profit of $18.4 million. Gross profit of $1,520.4 million in 2003 represented a 14% improvement compared to $1,330.9 million in 2002. Gross profit for 2002 included approximately $12.0 million of inventory provisions primarily incurred by Technologies and, to a lesser extent, Diversified. Gross profit margins of 34.5% for 2003 compared to 32.8% for 2002 and were positively impacted by increased volume levels and the prior year's operational realignment and restructuring. Selling and administrative expenses for 2003 were $1,076.7 million or 24% of net sales, compared to $996.2 million or 25% of net sales in 2002. Selling and administrative expenses for 2002 included approximately $28.7 million of restructuring provisions primarily incurred by Technologies and to a lesser extent Industries and Diversified. Operating profit of $443.8 million for 2003 increased $109.0 million compared to the prior year due primarily to the 9% increase in revenues, benefits from the Company's restructuring programs undertaken during 2002 and 2001 and slightly improved global economic conditions. Operating profit margin for 2003 was 10.1% compared to 8.3% for 2002. Net interest expense decreased 4% to $62.2 million for 2003, compared to $64.8 million for 2002. The primary reasons for the decrease in net interest expense were the decrease in long-term debt during the year of 34

approximately $26 million, higher levels of interest bearing cash equivalents, and interest income related to the Company's outstanding interest rate swaps on some of its long-term debt. Other net expenses for 2003 were $9.7 million and primarily related to foreign exchange losses of $6.2 million and legal settlements at the Industries and Resources segments. Other expenses of $6.6 million for 2002 primarily related to foreign exchange losses of $6.0 million. The foreign exchange losses in both 2003 and 2002 primarily relate to appreciation of the Euro against the U.S. dollar. Dover's effective 2003 tax rate for continuing operations was 23.3%, compared to 2002's rate of 21.1%. The low effective tax rate for both years is largely due to the continuing benefit from tax credit programs such as those for R&E combined with the benefit from U.S. export programs, lower effective foreign tax rates from the utilization of net operating loss carryforwards and the recognition of certain capital loss benefits. Net earnings from continuing operations for 2003 were $285.2 million or $1.40 per diluted share compared to $207.8 million or $1.02 per diluted share from continuing operations in 2002. For 2003, net earnings before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle were $292.9 million or $1.44 per diluted share, including $7.7 million or $.04 per diluted share in earnings from discontinued operations, compared to $171.8 million or $.84 per diluted share for 2002, which included $36.1 million or $.18 per diluted share in losses from discontinued operations. Discontinued operations earnings for 2003 were $7.7 million compared to losses of $36.1 million in 2002. During 2003, in connection with the completion of a federal income tax audit and commercial resolution of other issues, the Company adjusted certain reserves, established in connection with the sales of previously discontinued operations and recorded a gain on the sales of discontinued operations net of tax of $16.6 million, and additional tax benefits of $5.1 million related to losses previously incurred on sales of business. These amounts were offset by charges of $13.6 million, net of tax, to reduce discontinued businesses to their estimated fair value, and a loss on the sale of discontinued operations net of tax of $6.0 million related to contingent liabilities from previously discontinued operations. Total losses from discontinued operations in 2002 and 2001 primarily relate to charges to reduce discontinued businesses to their estimated fair value. Please refer to Note 7 in the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8. For 2002, the impact of the adoption of the Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets," resulted in a net loss of $121.3 million. The adoption resulted in a goodwill impairment charge of $345.1 million ($293.0 million, net of tax, or $1.44 diluted earnings per share). The adoption of the standard also discontinued the amortization of goodwill effective January 1, 2002. DIVERSIFIED

TWELVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, ---------------------------------- 2003 2002 % CHANGE ---------- ---------- -------- (IN THOUSANDS) Net sales........................................ $1,168,256 $1,115,776 5% Earnings......................................... 131,867 127,454 3% Operating margins................................ 11.3% 11.4% Bookings......................................... 1,161,012 1,082,316 7% Book-to-Bill..................................... 0.99 0.97 Backlog.......................................... 334,349 331,234 1%
Diversified's earnings increased 3% in 2003 on a 5% sales increase, as capital equipment markets remained soft. The earnings increase was achieved mainly through operational improvements, volume and cost reduction efforts. Record segment bookings improved 7% over the prior year. Hill Phoenix, SWEP and Belvac accounted for a large portion of the earnings gain, which was somewhat offset by declines at Waukesha, Performance Motorsports, Graphics Microsystems and Crenlo. In 2003, Hill Phoenix reported its second consecutive record year, setting new highs in sales, earnings and cash flow, again leading Diversified in each of these three categories. Despite its overall market being down, 35

Hill Phoenix benefited from growth at several of its largest customers as well as securing new key accounts. Hill Phoenix has been able to outperform its competition and gain market share in recent years, due largely to industry leading product innovation and strong customer service. The improvement was across all its business units, as Display Cases, Refrigeration Systems, National Cooler and EDP all showed a year-over-year earnings increase. A three point operating margin improvement was achieved, largely the result of leveraging value-added pricing and productivity gains. All growth in 2003 and 2002 was internal, as there were no acquisitions impacting results. Sargent's earnings were slightly down compared to the prior year, as strong military business and a successful add-on acquisition were offset by the extended commercial aerospace downturn. Record bookings improved 32% over the prior year, led by the Marine Division being awarded a large U.S. military order for submarine ship sets. Margins fell in 2003 largely due to an unfavorable sales mix and the decision to invest in several development programs. The Sonic business unit was hurt by continued airline cutbacks and a significant reduction in production at their largest customer. Sargent Aerospace Canada, a manufacturer of airplane components in Montreal, Canada, was acquired in April and produced positive results throughout the year. Performance Motorsports' earnings declined for the first time since being acquired by Diversified in 1998, due to several production issues and a weak powersports market. Performance Motorsports struggled throughout the year integrating its December 2002 acquisition of Chambon, where volumes declined and significant losses resulted. Perfect Bore absorbed high production costs and also reported a loss, due to lingering production problems resulting from internalizing a key manufacturing process that had previously been outsourced. Performance Motorsports' two largest business units, Wiseco and JE Pistons, both had steady years and reported sales and earnings slightly ahead of prior year. After four consecutive quarters of unfavorable comparisons to the prior year, Performance Motorsports saw order intake increase in the fourth quarter and earnings improved over the prior year. Despite market softness in 2003, Performance Motorsports maintained its market share and was well positioned to improve as its markets recovered. SWEP exceeded prior year bookings, sales, and earnings in every quarter in 2003. Though the year started slow, order activity improved in both its heat pump and boiler markets and was very strong in the last nine months of the year. Production capacity was increased with both capital investments and productivity programs to meet the growing demand. Backlog at the end of 2003 was 67% above last year. Earnings were up 60% on a 24% increase in sales, driven by cost reduction, favorable currency rates, and a robust market. Its new central warehouse in Germany was fully consolidated in 2003, which drove down lead times and reduced selling and administrative expenses. Though the price of stainless steel dropped slightly late in the year, potential increases in metal prices threatened to affect near term margins. In 2003, Belvac reported its highest earnings in five years, improving 64% over the prior year. As the only independent global supplier of can forming equipment, Belvac's recent success was in the non-U.S. market, especially Russia and Australia, where can manufacturing and consumer use is growing. A significant portion of its business includes spares and retrofits that improve the productivity of its customer's equipment. Further investment and advancement in its plastic container equipment was beginning to complement its can forming business, and opening up new opportunities for growth. In 2003, Belvac began the process of establishing a warehouse, service center and related supply chains in the Czech Republic. Waukesha had a strong finish to the year, but still recorded a 15% earnings decline on a 6% drop in revenue. The weak power generation market continued to negatively impact the Bearings division, and costs to close its South Carolina facility further reduced earnings. This was the third time in two years that Bearings down-sized its capacity due to the soft market demand. On a positive note, the Magnetics Bearing group had a record year in sales and earnings as project development work began to show a payback. After a slow start to the year, the Hydratight Sweeney division had a solid comeback in the last three quarters on strong Torque and Service business. The Tension business was down for the year, though bookings in its Oil & Gas markets improved in the fourth quarter setting a good foundation for 2004. Central Research Labs' sales and earnings were significantly down as orders for a number of large nuclear waste clean-up projects were delayed into 2004. CRL continues to develop the use of their products with large OEM's in the pharmaceutical markets. 36

Tranter PHE set new bookings and sales records in 2003, though earnings dropped below 2002 by 6%. Marine bookings came back strong especially with shipyards in South Korea. Another solid contributor was the North America ethanol market that is being driven by investments in alternative energy sources. Favorable currency translations due to the weakening of the dollar and higher Eurasian business also increased reported sales. Investments were made in the India operations to add manufacturing and engineering capability to make welded products for the Eurasia market. This facility attained the highest quality approvals for its industry in 2003: PED (Pressure Equipment Directive) for Europe, and ASME (American Society of Mechanical Engineers) for North America. Significant gains in productivity, reduced lead times and on-time delivery in the Swedish manufacturing operations were also achieved. Mark Andy earnings declined 12% on slightly lower sales, as cost reduction efforts did not offset weaker gross margins. An unfavorable product mix, production start-up problems on a new label press, and higher warranty expenses caused lower earnings in the St. Louis operations. Results improved at year-end with fourth quarter earnings contributing over half of the year's total earnings. The package printing equipment market further weakened in 2003 but began to see some firming late in the year. After a short rebound in label press orders in 2002, bookings declined 13% in 2003. Comco packaging press orders were flat in 2003, although 2003 ended with its best quarterly bookings performance since the acquisition in early 2001. Improvements in sales coverage, upgrades in sales personnel, and worldwide sales organization changes were made to strengthen its position. Both U.S. operations received ISO certification and lean manufacturing initiatives continued to drive improvement. Crenlo followed 2002's substantial turnaround with lower earnings despite slightly increased volume. Earnings were down due to an unfavorable sales mix, rising medical, natural gas and wage costs, and costs associated with projects that will generate future revenue. The unfavorable sales mix is attributable to a decline in the specialty enclosure business, which has been negatively impacted by a large customer's restructuring following a merger. The South Carolina facility continued to be hurt by under-leveraged fixed costs and high overtime, resulting in the inability to reach consistent production levels. On a positive note, cost reductions and productivity gains achieved in 2003 positioned Crenlo to capitalize on higher volumes. Increased order activity in the fourth quarter by several key customers provided cautious optimism for 2004, as shipment levels for the first quarter were projected to be higher. Graphics Microsystem's (GMI) sales grew 3% over 2002, despite the third consecutive year of a decline in the printing industry. The ColorQuick product set a new sales record and required a re-alignment of its business resource and processes. GMI decided to target large growth opportunities and shifted its business model from serving only small to medium size printers in the aftermarket to a focus on large printers and the high end new press OEM market. 2003 earnings were negatively affected by necessary investments in R&D, price concessions, and technical service to pursue this new business. SWF completed a year of transition, reporting breakeven results as several key managers were replaced and plant consolidations were finalized. Facilities in Florida and Washington were consolidated into the California operation, resulting in overhead cost reduction and business simplification going forward. Several large warranty issues were resolved in 2003, and new warranty claims steadily declined throughout the year. Positive strides were made operationally, including the introduction of laser machining capabilities, formally establishing preferred suppliers, restructuring the sales and engineering organizations and the introduction of integrated work groups. The internal improvements achieved in 2003, SWF to be more externally focused in 2004. 37

INDUSTRIES

TWELVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, ---------------------------------- 2003 2002 % CHANGE ---------- ---------- -------- (IN THOUSANDS) Net sales........................................ $1,039,930 $1,034,714 1% Earnings......................................... 121,200 137,547 (12)% Operating margins................................ 11.7% 13.3% Bookings......................................... 1,105,046 995,552 11% Book-to-Bill..................................... 1.06 0.96 Backlog.......................................... 201,866 119,881 68%
Industries earned 12% less on essentially flat sales, reflecting plant closing costs and margin pressure from earlier in the year. Nevertheless, quarterly sales and earnings improved sequentially as the year progressed. Fourth quarter results topped the previous three quarters, reflecting market share increases and improved market conditions across the majority of companies. The biggest contributors to earnings increases were PDQ, with strong new product sales and Tipper Tie which benefited from strong overseas performance, capitalizing on the opening of the Eastern European markets. 2003 was a challenging year for Heil Environmental. Earnings were down 30% as its market declined over 20%, resulting in the lowest industry volume since 1997. Municipal markets remained weak and pricing pressures continued. Environmental closed down a facility and consolidated their two parts businesses. Performance increased in the second half, as both the third and fourth quarters showed favorable comparisons to prior year, and full year bookings and backlog were up reflecting favorable year over year comparisons. Overseas, Heil was able to leverage a strong UK market while increasing share. Rotary Lift's 2003 sales were enhanced by the May 2003 acquisition of Blitz, a German lift manufacturer. However, integrating the existing Rotary Lift Italian operations into Blitz negatively impacted earnings. North American sales fell slightly as the industry declined and competitive pressures led to contracting margins. For the full year, Rotary Lift's sales grew 5% and earnings were flat. However, a number of new products were introduced in the latter half of the year, resulting in sales growth of over 8% in the second half. Backlog was up over 50%, leading to optimism heading into 2004. Industry declines impacted Heil Trailer, as the U.S. tank trailer markets decreased for the fourth consecutive year. Reacting to the contraction, Trailer closed two facilities during 2003. Despite continued price competition, Trailer was able to grow share in both the petroleum and dry bulk markets. Business began to pick up later in the year, as fourth quarter revenues in 2003 were 16% above 2002 levels. Military shipments began in earnest in the fourth quarter of 2003, and will account for an additional $20.0 million of sales in 2004, the result of a military contract awarded to Heil in late 2003. Kalyn Siebert, a Heil Trailer subsidiary, benefited from this strong military volume as revenues almost doubled for the year. Tipper Tie's European operations achieved record sales driven by strong performance in Eastern Europe. Earnings improved 21% on a sales increase of 9%. Alpina, a 2000 acquisition, surpassed 2003's record results as it continued to expand its product line into new geographic regions. The U.S. business continued to be challenged amid a weak capital equipment market and continued pricing pressure. Marathon's sales and margins declined three percentage points in 2003 which were primarily the result of pricing pressures driven by market weakness. The waste equipment market was down, adjusting to the overcapacity of production in the industry, ultimately leading to price erosion. As a result, Marathon closed a facility while reducing headcount by over 10%. Strength in their Recycling Systems Group helped stem the tide, and was viewed as a key growth area for 2004. Triton, which saw significant improvement in 2002, delivered record revenues in 2003, although earnings were relatively flat because of new product start-up costs. Unit sales were up over 10% in a flat U.S. market, resulting in share gains again in 2003. These gains were attributable to the success of the 9100 product line, which was introduced in mid-2002 and focuses on the broadest segment of the cash dispenser market. It represented more than two thirds of 2003 unit sales volume. Triton's strong new product focus continued in 2003, as two key products were introduced late in the year. The FT5000 is a through-the-wall model aimed at the financial institution market, while the RL5000 is aimed principally at the retail market. Internationally, 38

both the UK and Canadian markets remained strong, and market share increased in both of these key focus regions. As 2003 ended, Triton expected to enter additional countries in 2004 and international markets accounted for approximately 35% of unit sales. PDQ's record fourth quarter results contributed to solid year-over-year gains. Earnings increased 22% while sales increased 12%. An increase in major oil and gas station business coupled with continued strong investor demand drove the late-year surge. Market share continued to increase, although competitors were beginning to have an impact on the low-end market. A major driver in 2002 was the introduction and customer acceptance of several new products, one of which, a higher-end Laser Wash, accounted for over 30% of sales in the fourth quarter in 2003. Declining tax revenues for most states, counties and municipalities led to a slowdown in DI Foodservice's institutional foodservice equipment market, continuing a trend which began in 2002. However, both Groen and Randell were able to grow market share during 2003. There was a pickup in chain restaurant sales, as many experienced strong same-store-sales growth in the later half of 2003. Institutional markets will continue to struggle, although renovation and replacements have shown some growth in 2003 and are expected to continue into 2004. Consolidation costs experienced in 2003 to bring the Groen, Randell, and Avtec businesses under the DI Foodservice umbrella were expected to positively impact margins in 2004. Kurz-Kasch rebounded from a challenging 2002 as revenues and earnings increased in 2003 over 10% driven by the successful integration of business/product lines acquired in late 2002. In addition, Kurz Kasch purchased Wabash Magnetics, a manufacturer of actuators and sensors, in December of 2003. This acquisition positioned Kurz-Kasch to expand into the medical and irrigation markets, among others. Dovatech's performance in 2003 benefited from strength in both the Chiller and Laser businesses. A pickup in semiconductor demand drove the Laser business performance while strong sales into the medical market resulted in the Chiller business growing over 18%. Strength in Chief Automotive's computerized measuring products was more than offset by market contraction in the frame-straightening market. Somero partially offset significant market weakness with the successful introduction of the "Copperhead," a walk-behind laser screed, which accounted for over 60% of unit sales in 2003. RESOURCES

TWELVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, --------------------------------- 2003 2002 % CHANGE --------- --------- --------- (IN THOUSANDS) Net sales........................................... $982,658 $872,898 13% Earnings............................................ 136,851 124,380 10% Operating margins................................... 13.9% 14.2% Bookings............................................ 990,057 867,155 14% Book-to-Bill........................................ 1.01 0.99 Backlog............................................. 104,362 70,876 47%
Resources' 2003 earnings increased by 10% on a sales increase of 13% due to strong increases from the Energy Products Group, De-Sta-Co Industries and the OPW companies, and the acquisition of Warn Industries. All twelve Resources companies increased bookings versus 2002 and ended the year with slightly higher backlogs overall. Warn, which was acquired on October 1, 2003, was a significant driver of Resources' revenue and earnings growth, even after the impact of purchase accounting. Warn is a leader in the recreational winch business, both for all terrain vehicles and four-wheel drive vehicles. In addition, Warn is a leading manufacturer of all wheel drive and four-wheel drive disconnect technology -- providing products that enhance fuel economy and improve performance of these vehicles. The continued flow of new products and the entrance into new markets should drive continued growth in the business. The Energy Products Group results include Quartzdyne, which was added to the group in 2003. Overall, the year was extremely positive with an earnings increase of 41% on a sales increase of 15% -- great operating leverage. The core products of Alberta Oil Tool and Norris achieved sales and margin increases, both domestically and globally. Both of these units had record profits. Ferguson-Beauregard and Norriseal had 39

greatly improved earnings on relatively small increases in sales. Quartzdyne was the exception in the group. While continuing to achieve very respectable earnings, Quartzdyne did not benefit from increased activity in the energy sector. However, they did not experience any loss of market share and the company continued to invest in new products to allow expansion of its served markets. OPW Fueling Components had a very strong 2003, leveraging earnings 35% on a sales increase of 8%. OPW achieved solid business growth from its "newly certified" products for compliance with the "Enhanced Vapor Recovery" requirements. In addition, the business continued to rationalize capacity in North America, while at the same time opening a new facility in China and expanding its presence in Brazil with the opening of a larger manufacturing facility. Significant benefits were achieved from global sourcing and expansion of a well-disciplined Six Sigma quality initiative. The full integration of the EMCO Electronics acquisition into the OPW Fuel Management business was completed in 2003 and drove an earnings increase in that business unit. De-Sta-Co Industries increased earnings 23% on a sales increase of 16%. Continued focus on new product development, internal lean initiatives, and improvements in channel management provided very positive results. The German and French operations achieved significant improvement in earnings. The increased strength in the Industrial Products Group offset weakness in the electronics and U.S. automotive business segments. The pump companies, Blackmer and Wilden, experienced a number of challenges that impacted earnings in 2003, including a legal settlement and costs incurred to restructure product lines, although both companies made strides to improve their product offering and grow their business on a global basis. Wilden's non-U.S. sales grew 20% and were enhanced by the opening of a manufacturing facility in China, which exceeded first-year plan results, and growth in their Argentina operation as that economy began to recover. Blackmer had its strongest year ever in Europe but experienced costs in the U.S. to rationalize capacity and "right-size" its U.S. operations. OPW Fluid Transfer Group had a year of solid improvement across all its business units with earnings increasing 16% on a sales increase of 8%. Improvements in working capital contributed to a higher return on investment. Strong results from Midland and Europe were the drivers to better results. The global footprint for this business was expanded in 2003 with the addition of a facility in Brazil and finalization of a restructuring in Europe. C. Lee Cook benefited from right-sizing in 2002, as well as from a number of management-led initiatives to reduce product cost and expand its service presence. The business achieved positive earnings leverage of 15% on a modest sales increase of 4%. As the year 2003 ended, C. Lee Cook experienced improvements across all of its business units -- both OEM related and service related. This increase indicated continued investment in natural gas production and transmission. With demand for natural gas increasing, the Company anticipated strength in the business going forward. Texas Hydraulics experienced a challenging year as a result of continued price pressure and reduced schedules from construction equipment customers. During 2003, the business made significant investments in new products and new customer applications/prototypes. As the year 2003 closed, orders resulting from new products were strong. The business continued to implement lean concepts and selective outsourcing to improve its cost structures. Tulsa Winch was able to grow earnings 6% on a sales increase of 9%. There was very little consistency across market segments, with difficult conditions in the large crane and service crane markets being offset by strength in the petroleum, military, and marine segments. Continued efforts to leverage strengths across the group were leading to advanced new product offerings to be introduced in 2004. RPA Process Technologies experienced an extremely difficult year in 2003 with declining revenues and a full year loss resulting from depressed capital spending in the process industry coupled with significant one-time charges to downsize its operations in France. Hydro Systems experienced relatively flat sales in its traditional core U.S. business but was still able to achieve a 4% earnings gain on a 5% sales increase, primarily as a result of prior investments in new products 40

and Europe. The European operations more than doubled earnings as a result of some very successful new product launches. Hydro also invested in the start-up of a new facility in Brazil, which began operations during the fourth quarter of 2003 and was expected to provide full year benefits in 2004. TECHNOLOGIES

TWELVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, ---------------------------------- 2003 2002 % CHANGE ---------- ---------- -------- (IN THOUSANDS) Net sales........................................ $1,231,241 $1,036,472 19% Segment earnings (losses)........................ 84,763 (30,339) -- Operating margins................................ 6.9% (2.9)% Bookings......................................... 1,275,598 1,046,903 22% Book-to-Bill..................................... 1.04 1.01 Backlog.......................................... 182,427 127,752 43%
Technologies' 2003 sales increased to $1,231.2 million, a 19% increase over 2002. As a result of both the restructuring commenced in the fourth quarter of 2002 and increased revenues, earnings increased to $84.8 million, a $115.1 million improvement from a loss in 2002 of $30.3 million. Included in the loss for 2002 were restructuring, inventory and other charges totaling $35.2 million. The electronics industry is clearly in a recovery mode with even the telecom sector showing signs of increased equipment spending. As electronic manufacturing continued to shift to Asia, almost all of the Technologies companies improved their Asian infrastructure in sales and marketing and, at the equipment companies, in manufacturing. In addition, all of the companies continued their efforts to expand their product offering in the markets and applications they serve. Military, space, avionics, medical, automotive and other industrial applications played a greater role in 2003 than in 2002 in the Technologies businesses. CIRCUIT BOARD AND ASSEMBLY AND TEST
TWELVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, --------------------------------- 2003 2002 % CHANGE --------- --------- --------- (IN THOUSANDS) Net sales............................................. $731,749 $598,646 22% Segment earnings (losses)............................. 43,691 (55,722) -- Operating margins..................................... 6.0% (9.3)% Bookings.............................................. 760,923 615,522 24% Book-to-Bill.......................................... 1.04 1.03 Backlog............................................... 107,036 72,166 48%
Technologies' CBAT businesses reported 2003 earnings of $43.7 million versus a loss of $55.7 million in 2002. The 2002 loss included inventory, restructuring and other charges of $25.9 million. Sales increased 22% to $731.8 million while bookings increased 24% to $760.9 million. Much of this growth came from the back-end semiconductor businesses, ECT and Alphasem, whose sales grew from 16% of CBAT sales in 2002 to over 22% in 2003. Universal Instruments saw a 17% increase in sales over 2002 and recorded a profit for the first time since 2000. Universal continued to invest in new products which were exhibited at the November 2003 Productronica show in Germany. Universal was expected to face significant challenges transitioning to these new products and bringing them to full commercialization in the second half of 2004. While sales at Everett Charles Technologies increased 18%, profits increased dramatically with double-digit margins, after reporting a loss in 2002. The largest increase in sales occurred in the back-end semiconductor test products. The test handling equipment at MultiTest and the load board and socket products at ECT reported the largest increase in sales and bookings activity. This trend was expected to continue into the beginning of 2004. 41

DEK experienced a 26% increase in sales and reported a profit for 2003. The weakening dollar impacted DEK's gross margin as much of its manufacturing remained in the UK, while sales were generally sold in U.S. dollars or U.S.-dollar-linked currencies. The 2002 acquisition of Acumen was integrated and provided increased levels of non-machine recurring revenues. OK International reported a slight increase in sales of 4% which generated positive earnings compared to a loss in 2002. Earnings were slightly positive compared to a loss in prior years. During 2003, OK completely restructured its domestic operations by consolidating the majority of its manufacturing into a single plant in southern California. Vitronics Soltec reported a 39% increase in sales and also had a profit versus a loss in 2002. Its new products in selective soldering and its "lead free" solder knowledge leadership helped Vitronics continue to gain market share against its competitors. Alphasem reported a 103% increase in sales and positive earnings in 2003, in contrast to a loss in 2002. Alphasem serves the back-end semiconductor business with die bonding equipment. Under a new President, Alphasem has restructured the company's management team, its R&D efforts, Asian sales force and logistics, and established a Chinese manufacturing organization. These efforts have had a significant impact on the improved financial results of the Company. Hover-Davis, acquired in October of 2002, saw sales increase 14% on a year-over-year basis. Though financial performance improved over 2002, Hover-Davis reported a small loss in 2003, as markets served have still not fully recovered. SPECIALTY ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS (SEC)

TWELVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, --------------------------------- 2003 2002 % CHANGE --------- --------- --------- (IN THOUSANDS) Net sales........................................... $211,575 $205,635 3% Segment earnings (losses)........................... 7,316 (12,070) -- Operating margins................................... 3.5% (5.9)% Bookings............................................ 221,145 199,255 11% Book-to-Bill........................................ 1.05 0.97 Backlog............................................. 53,074 42,740 24%
In Technologies' SEC companies, sales increased 3% over 2002, to $211.6 million. Earnings improved significantly to $7.3 million when compared to a loss of $12.1 million last year. The 2002 loss included inventory, restructuring and other charges of $9.9 million. Substantially all of this earnings growth came in the fourth quarter as the first three quarters were basically flat on a year-to-year comparison. During 2003, the SEC companies made considerable efforts to expand their customer base and industries served. Telecom products were a lesser portion of the overall businesses as military, space, avionics, medical, automotive and other industrial applications grew as a percent of sales. Towards the end of 2003, even telecom customers increased their spending with indications that the trend would continue into 2004. Vectron (formerly referred to as Quadrant), the largest of the SEC companies, reported an increase in sales of 5% for the year, but 23% for the fourth quarter alone. Margins improved to 10% in the fourth quarter. Earnings for the year improved by $17.4 million from a loss in 2002. Vectron continues to acquire new customers based on its technology, service and quality. K&L Microwave spent most of 2003 refocusing its business on military and industrial markets. As its base station customers consolidated their supply chains, K&L found much of its planned Asian telecom infrastructure business had diminished. Accordingly, K&L has exited all Asian manufacturing, leaving in place a sales and marketing team to respond to appropriate opportunities. This realignment of its business resulted in a loss for K&L for 2003. 42

The capacitor companies, Novacap and Dielectric, both reported increased sales, 17% and 4%, respectively. Operating margins increased to 13% and 9%, respectively. Both companies continued their efforts at developing hi-reliability and hi-frequency applications for their customers. Dow-Key continued to be profitable on flat sales. Dow-Key serves primarily the military, space and industrial markets, which have not been as volatile as the telecom industry. MARKING AND CODING Imaje, the French-based industrial marking and coding Company, reported full year sales of $287.9 million, an increase of 24%, and earnings of almost $60 million, an increase of 21%. Imaje had historically relied on its continuous ink-jet small character printer and related ink as its primary products. During 2003 and 2002, Imaje, through acquisitions, acquired "drop on demand" large character printer and thermal printer technologies. During 2003, products related to these new capabilities grew to 21% of equipment sales, from 17% in 2002, while at the same time, ink jet unit sales grew 17% year over year. Imaje has a strong global presence. Sales for 2003, as compared to 2002, were enhanced by a 20% strengthening of the Euro against the dollar. However, margins continued to be pressured as the majority of Imaje's product costs were incurred in Euros while significant amounts of revenues were denominated in U.S. dollars. Consequently, Imaje was in the process of expanding its production and delivery platform in both China and North America. These efforts were expected to be accomplished by mid-2004. RESTRUCTURING AND INVENTORY CHARGES During 2002, the Company's segments and operating companies initiated a variety of restructuring programs. These restructuring programs focused on reducing the overall cost structure primarily through reductions in headcount and through the disposition or closure of certain non-strategic or redundant product lines and manufacturing facilities. Restructuring charges consist of employee separation and facility exit costs. Restructuring charges for continuing operations were recorded as selling and administrative expenses. The employee separation programs for continuing operations involved approximately 3,700 employees, all of whom had been terminated as of December 31, 2003. The Company had completed the vast majority of restructuring programs undertaken in 2002 by the end of 2003. The remaining exit reserves relate to future lease payments for facilities that were closed. These costs will be paid over the remaining term of each lease. In 2002, the Company initiated restructuring programs at selected operating companies with ongoing efforts to reduce costs in the continually challenging business environments in which the Company operates. The total restructuring charges related to these programs in 2002 were $28.7 million. The restructuring charges included both employee separation costs of $11.9 million and costs associated with exit activities of $16.8 million. The restructuring in Technologies took place in the CBAT and SEC groups, in response to the significant declines in the end-markets served by these operations. CBAT recorded $6.6 million for employee separation and $11.2 million for exit activities. The majority of the severance and exit costs were incurred at Universal, Everett Charles and DEK. The facility exit costs consist of lease terminations and idle equipment impairments. SEC recorded $2.5 million for employee separation and $3.6 million for facility exit activities. A majority of these costs were incurred at Quadrant and Novacap. Industries recorded restructuring charges of $3.7 million, of which $2.1 million was incurred to exit an under-performing product line at Tipper Tie. The remaining $1.6 million was for employee separation and other exit costs. Diversified recorded $1.1 million of restructuring charges to rationalize its SWF business, of which $0.8 million was for severance. Due to significant declines in the demand for certain products, special inventory reserves of $12.0 million were established in 2002, primarily in the Technologies segment and, to a lesser degree, in the Diversified segment. NON-GAAP DISCLOSURES In an effort to provide investors with additional information regarding the Company's results as determined by generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), the Company also discloses non-GAAP information which management believes provides useful information to investors. Free cash flow, net debt, total capitalization, operational working capital, revenues excluding the impact of changes in foreign currency 43

exchange rates and organic sales growth are not financial measures under GAAP and should not be considered as a substitute for cash flows from operating activities, debt or equity, sales and working capital as determined in accordance with GAAP and they may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. Management believes the (1) net debt to total capitalization ratio and (2) free cash flow are important measures of operating performance and liquidity. Net debt to total capitalization is helpful in evaluating the Company's capital structure and the amount of leverage it employs. Free cash flow provides both management and investors a measurement of cash generated from operations that is available to fund acquisitions and repay debt. Reconciliations of free cash flow, total debt and net debt can be found in Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis. Management believes that reporting operational working capital (also sometimes called "adjusted working capital"), which is calculated as accounts receivable, plus inventory, less accounts payable, provides a meaningful measure of the Company's operational results by showing the changes caused solely by sales. In addition, management believes that reporting operational working capital and revenues at constant currency, which excludes the positive or negative impact of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, provides a meaningful measure of the Company's operational changes, given the global nature of Dover's businesses. Management also believes that reporting organic sales growth, which excludes the impact of foreign currency exchange rates and the impact of acquisitions, provides a useful comparison of the Company's revenue performance and trends between periods. ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK INTEREST RATES The Company's exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to the fair value of long-term fixed interest rate debt, interest rate swaps attached thereto, commercial paper borrowings and investments in cash equivalents. Generally, the fair market value of fixed-interest rate debt will increase as interest rates fall and decrease as interest rates rise. A 60 basis point increase or decrease in interest rates (10% of the Company's weighted average long-term debt interest rate) would have an immaterial effect on the fair value of the Company's long-term debt. Commercial paper borrowings are at variable interest rates, and have maturities of three months or less. A 14 basis point increase or decrease in the interest rates (10% of the Company's weighted average commercial paper interest rate) on commercial paper borrowings would have an immaterial impact on the Company's pre-tax earnings. All highly liquid investments, including highly liquid debt instruments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less, are considered cash equivalents. The Company places its investments in cash equivalents with high credit quality issuers and limits the amount of exposure to any one issuer. A 21 basis point decrease or increase in interest rates (10% of the Company's weighted average interest rate) would have an immaterial impact on the Company's pre-tax earnings. As of December 31, 2004, the Company had three interest rate swaps outstanding, as discussed in Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8. The Company does not enter into derivative financial or derivative commodity instruments for trading or speculative purposes. FOREIGN EXCHANGE The Company conducts business in various foreign currencies, primarily in Canada, Europe, Brazil, China and other Asian countries. Therefore, changes in the value of the currencies of these countries affect the Company's financial position and cash flows when translated into U.S. Dollars. The Company has generally accepted the exposure to exchange rate movements relative to its investment in foreign operations. As of December 31, 2004 the Company had not established a formal company-wide foreign-currency hedging program but may, from time to time, for a specific exposure, enter into fair value hedges. The Company has mitigated and will continue to mitigate a portion of its currency exposure through operation of decentralized foreign operating companies in which the majority of all costs are local-currency based. A change of 10% or less in the value of all foreign currencies would not have a material effect on the Company's financial position and cash flows. 44

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

PAGE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA - ---- ------------------------------------------ 46 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. 48 Consolidated Statements of Earnings (Losses) for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002. 50 Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2004 and 2003. 51 Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity and Comprehensive Earnings (Losses) for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002. 52 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002. 53-83 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 84 Financial Statement Schedule -- Schedule II, Valuation and Qualifying Accounts.
(ALL OTHER SCHEDULES ARE NOT REQUIRED AND HAVE BEEN OMITTED) 45

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Dover Corporation: We have completed an integrated audit of Dover Corporation's 2004 consolidated financial statements and of its internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004 and audits of its 2003 and 2002 consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Our opinions, based on our audits, are presented below. CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(1) present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Dover Corporation and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedules listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(2) present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit of financial statements includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method for computing depreciation in 2004. As discussed in Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements, in 2002 the Company ceased recording amortization of goodwill as of the beginning of the year and recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $293.0 million, net of taxes. INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING Also, in our opinion, management's assessment, included in "Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting," appearing under Item 9A, that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004 based on criteria established in Internal Control -- Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on those criteria. Furthermore, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the COSO. The Company's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on management's assessment and on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We conducted our audit of internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. An audit of internal control over financial reporting includes obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management's assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating 46

effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we consider necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions. A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. As described in Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, management has excluded SSE GmbH, Flexbar, Rasco, Voltronics, US Synthetics, Corning Frequency Controls, Almatec, and Datamax from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004 because they were acquired by the Company in a purchase business combination during 2004. These companies are wholly-owned by the Company and their total revenues and assets represent less than 3% and 11% of the Company's consolidated total revenues and assets, respectively, as reflected in its financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2004. /s/ PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP -------------------------------------- PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP New York, New York March 10, 2005 47

DOVER CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS (LOSSES)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, ------------------------------------------ 2004 2003 2002 ------------ ------------ ------------ (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE FIGURES) Net sales................................................ $5,488,112 $4,413,296 $4,053,593 Cost of sales............................................ 3,593,748 2,892,874 2,722,674 ---------- ---------- ---------- Gross profit........................................... 1,894,364 1,520,422 1,330,919 Selling and administrative expenses...................... 1,282,162 1,076,664 996,209 ---------- ---------- ---------- Operating profit....................................... 612,202 443,758 334,710 ---------- ---------- ---------- Interest expense, net.................................... 61,290 62,166 64,787 All other (income) expense, net.......................... (1,234) 9,700 6,554 ---------- ---------- ---------- Total.................................................. 60,056 71,866 71,341 ---------- ---------- ---------- Earnings from continuing operations, before taxes on income................................................. 552,146 371,892 263,369 Federal and other taxes on income...................... 143,006 86,676 55,523 ---------- ---------- ---------- Net earnings from continuing operations.................. 409,140 285,216 207,846 ---------- ---------- ---------- Net earnings (losses) from discontinued operations....... 3,615 7,711 (36,058) ---------- ---------- ---------- Net earnings before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle................................... 412,755 292,927 171,788 Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax................................................. -- -- 293,049 ---------- ---------- ---------- Net earnings (losses).................................... $ 412,755 $ 292,927 $ (121,261) ========== ========== ========== Net earnings (losses) per common share: Basic -- Continuing operations............................ $ 2.01 $ 1.41 $ 1.02 -- Discontinued operations.......................... 0.02 0.04 (0.18) ---------- ---------- ---------- -- Total net earnings before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle.................... 2.03 1.45 0.85 -- Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle......................................... -- -- (1.45) ---------- ---------- ---------- -- Net earnings (losses)............................ $ 2.03 $ 1.45 $ (0.60) ========== ========== ========== Diluted -- Continuing operations............................ $ 2.00 $ 1.40 $ 1.02 -- Discontinued operations.......................... 0.02 0.04 (0.18) ---------- ---------- ---------- -- Total net earnings before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle.................... 2.02 1.44 0.84 -- Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle......................................... -- -- (1.44) ---------- ---------- ---------- -- Net earnings (losses)............................ $ 2.02 $ 1.44 $ (0.60) ========== ========== ========== Weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period: Basic.................................................. 203,275 202,576 202,571 Diluted................................................ 204,786 203,614 203,346
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 48

DOVER CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS (LOSSES) -- (CONTINUED) The computations of basic and diluted earnings per share from continuing operations for each year were as follows:

2004 2003 2002 -------- -------- -------- Numerator: Net earnings from continuing operations available to common stockholders.............................................. $409,140 $285,216 $207,846 ======== ======== ======== Denominator: Basic weighted average shares............................... 203,275 202,576 202,571 -------- -------- -------- Effect of dilutive securities Employee stock options...................................... 1,511 1,038 775 -------- -------- -------- Denominator: Diluted weighted average shares............................. 204,786 203,614 203,346 ======== ======== ======== Basic earnings per share from continuing operations......... $ 2.01 $ 1.41 $ 1.02 ======== ======== ======== Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations....... $ 2.00 $ 1.40 $ 1.02 ======== ======== ======== Shares excluded from dilutive effect due to exercise price exceeding average market price of Dover's common stock.... 3,604 5,113 5,129 -------- -------- --------
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 49

DOVER CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

DECEMBER 31, ----------------------- 2004 2003 ---------- ---------- (IN THOUSANDS) ASSETS CURRENT ASSETS: Cash and cash equivalents................................. $ 357,606 $ 370,379 Receivables (less allowances of $32,757 in 2004 and $31,998 in 2003)....................................... 912,688 747,567 Inventories, net.......................................... 775,741 639,339 Prepaid expenses and other current assets................. 56,278 47,808 Deferred tax asset........................................ 47,634 44,547 ---------- ---------- Total current assets................................... 2,149,947 1,849,640 ---------- ---------- PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET.......................... 756,680 717,875 GOODWILL.................................................... 2,149,780 1,844,701 INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET OF AMORTIZATION...................... 529,277 375,087 OTHER ASSETS AND DEFERRED CHARGES........................... 195,674 208,069 ASSETS OF DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS........................... 10,821 164,139 ---------- ---------- TOTAL ASSETS................................................ $5,792,179 $5,159,511 ========== ========== LIABILITIES CURRENT LIABILITIES: Notes payable and current maturities of long-term debt.... $ 339,264 $ 63,669 Accounts payable.......................................... 364,406 283,814 Accrued compensation and employee benefits................ 181,675 151,414 Accrued insurance......................................... 88,070 69,509 Other accrued expenses.................................... 201,668 200,964 Federal and other taxes on income......................... 180,893 141,431 ---------- ---------- Total current liabilities.............................. 1,355,976 910,801 ---------- ---------- LONG-TERM DEBT.............................................. 753,063 1,003,915 DEFERRED INCOME TAXES....................................... 296,464 233,906 OTHER DEFERRALS (PRINCIPALLY COMPENSATION).................. 246,170 194,332 LIABILITIES OF DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS...................... 21,824 73,886 COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY CAPITAL STOCK: Preferred.............................................. -- -- Common................................................. 239,015 238,304 ADDITIONAL PAID-IN CAPITAL.................................. 98,979 80,746 ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE EARNINGS.................... 195,220 119,673 RETAINED EARNINGS........................................... 3,628,715 3,342,020 ---------- ---------- 4,161,929 3,780,743 Less common stock in treasury............................. 1,043,247 1,038,072 ---------- ---------- Net stockholders' equity............................... 3,118,682 2,742,671 ---------- ---------- TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY.................. $5,792,179 $5,159,511 ========== ==========
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 50

DOVER CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE EARNINGS (LOSSES)

ACCUMULATED COMMON OTHER STOCK ADDITIONAL COMPREHENSIVE TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE $1 PAR PAID-IN EARNINGS RETAINED TREASURY STOCKHOLDERS' EARNINGS VALUE CAPITAL (LOSS) EARNINGS STOCK EQUITY (LOSS) -------- ---------- ------------- ---------- ----------- ------------- ------------- (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE FIGURES) Balance as of December 31, 2001....................... $237,303 $55,223 $(149,663) $3,395,293 $(1,018,815) $2,519,341 ======== ======= ========= ========== =========== ========== ========= Net earnings (losses)........ -- -- -- (121,261) -- (121,261) $(121,261) Dividends paid............... -- -- -- (109,436) -- (109,436) -- Common stock issued for options exercised.......... 381 8,630 -- -- -- 9,011 -- Stock issued, net of cancellations.............. (4) 1,640 -- -- -- 1,636 -- Stock acquired during the year....................... -- -- -- -- (15,511) (15,511) -- Increase from translation of foreign financial statements................. -- -- 111,438 -- -- 111,438 111,438 Unrealized holding gains (losses)................... -- -- (384) -- -- (384) (384) -------- ------- --------- ---------- ----------- ---------- --------- Balance as of December 31, 2002....................... $237,680 $65,493 $ (38,609) $3,164,596 $(1,034,326) $2,394,834 $ (10,207) ======== ======= ========= ========== =========== ========== ========= Net earnings (losses)........ -- -- -- 292,927 -- 292,927 $ 292,927 Dividends paid............... -- -- -- (115,503) -- (115,503) -- Common stock issued for options exercised.......... 607 13,758 -- -- -- 14,365 -- Stock issued, net of cancellations.............. 17 1,495 -- -- -- 1,512 -- Stock acquired during the year....................... -- -- -- -- (3,746) (3,746) -- Increase from translation of foreign financial statements................. -- -- 157,885 -- -- 157,885 157,885 Unrealized holding gains (losses)................... -- -- 397 -- -- 397 397 -------- ------- --------- ---------- ----------- ---------- --------- Balance as of December 31, 2003....................... $238,304 $80,746 $ 119,673 $3,342,020 $(1,038,072) $2,742,671 $ 451,209 ======== ======= ========= ========== =========== ========== ========= Net earnings................. -- -- -- 412,755 -- 412,755 $ 412,755 Dividends paid............... -- -- -- (126,060) -- (126,060) -- Common stock issued for options exercised.......... 698 17,868 -- -- -- 18,566 -- Stock issued, net of cancellations.............. 13 365 -- -- -- 378 -- Stock acquired during the period..................... -- -- -- -- (5,175) (5,175) -- Increase from translation of foreign financial statements................. -- -- 76,081 -- -- 76,081 76,081 Unrealized holding gains (losses)................... -- -- (534) -- -- (534) (534) -------- ------- --------- ---------- ----------- ---------- --------- Balance as of December 31, 2004....................... $239,015 $98,979 $ 195,220 $3,628,715 $(1,043,247) $3,118,682 $ 488,302 ======== ======= ========= ========== =========== ========== =========
- --------------- Preferred Stock, $100 par value per share. 100,000 shares authorized; none issued. Common Stock, $1 par value per share. 500,000,000 shares authorized; issued 239,015,326 in 2004, and 238,304,232 shares in 2003. Treasury Stock; 35,518,671 shares in 2004, and 35,391,575 shares in 2003, at cost. Dividends paid per share were $.62 and $.57 and $.54 for 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively. Unrealized holding gains (losses), net of taxes of ($288), $214 and ($207) in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. U.S. Federal tax benefit recorded in paid in capital of $4,959 in 2004, $3,513 in 2003 and $2,597 in 2002 on stock options exercised. See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 51

DOVER CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, --------------------------------- 2004 2003 2002 --------- --------- --------- (IN THOUSANDS) CASH FLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: Net earnings (losses)..................................... $ 412,755 $ 292,927 $(121,261) --------- --------- --------- Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash from operating activities: Net (earnings) losses from discontinued operations..... (3,615) (7,711) 36,058 Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of taxes......................................... -- -- 293,049 Depreciation and amortization.......................... 160,845 151,309 156,946 Provision for losses on accounts receivable............ 7,869 8,705 12,057 Deferred income taxes.................................. 4,885 47,701 21,062 Increase (decrease) in deferred compensation........... 39,535 8,371 4,399 Other, net............................................. (15,261) 20,428 10,042 Changes in assets and liabilities (excluding effects of acquisitions, dispositions and foreign exchange): Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable........... (92,435) (25,060) 30,054 Decrease (increase) in inventories................... (59,472) 4,789 73,129 Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses & other assets............................................ 9,189 762 (11,860) Increase (decrease) in accounts payable.............. 47,643 32,257 (21,003) Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses and other non-current liabilities........................... 17,728 22,897 12,974 Increase (decrease) in accrued federal and other taxes payable..................................... 67,781 68,471 (55,807) Contributions to defined benefit pension plan........ -- (48,480) (44,000) --------- --------- --------- Total adjustments................................. 184,692 284,439 517,100 --------- --------- --------- NET CASH FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES OF CONTINUING OPERATIONS........................................ 597,447 577,366 395,839 --------- --------- --------- CASH FLOWS (USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES: Proceeds from sale of property and equipment.............. 14,768 9,862 16,676 Additions to property, plant and equipment................ (107,434) (96,400) (96,417) Proceeds from sale of discontinued businesses............. 73,921 13,362 16,817 Acquisitions (net of cash and cash equivalents acquired).............................................. (506,108) (362,062) (99,710) --------- --------- --------- NET CASH (USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES OF CONTINUING OPERATIONS........................................... (524,853) (435,238) (162,634) --------- --------- --------- CASH FLOWS FROM (USED IN) FINANCING ACTIVITIES: Increase (decrease) in notes payable...................... 25,089 38,533 (19,528) Reduction of long-term debt............................... (9,025) (26,384) (3,989) Proceeds from long-term debt.............................. 614 1,375 1,979 Purchase of treasury stock................................ (5,176) (3,746) (15,510) Proceeds from exercise of stock options................... 13,608 7,445 6,414 Cash dividend to stockholders............................. (126,060) (115,504) (109,436) --------- --------- --------- NET CASH (USED IN) FINANCING ACTIVITIES OF CONTINUING OPERATIONS........................................... (100,950) (98,281) (140,070) --------- --------- --------- Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents............................................ 12,155 33,674 23,521 Cash from (used in) discontinued operations............... 3,428 (966) 5,208 --------- --------- --------- NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS... (12,773) 76,555 121,864 Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year............ 370,379 293,824 171,960 --------- --------- --------- CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR.................. $ 357,606 $ 370,379 $ 293,824 ========= ========= ========= SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION -- CASH PAID DURING THE YEAR FOR: Income taxes.............................................. $ 107,378 $ 100,904 $ 89,318 Interest.................................................. 67,963 68,546 67,554
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 52

DOVER CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES The Company is a multinational, diversified manufacturing corporation comprised of 49 stand-alone operating companies which manufacture a broad range of specialized industrial products and sophisticated manufacturing equipment. The Company also provides some engineering and testing services, which are not significant in relation to consolidated revenues. The Company's operating companies are based primarily in the United States of America and Europe. Until December 31, 2004, the Company's businesses were divided into four segments. Beginning with the first quarter 2005 earnings announcement, the Company will report its results in six segments and discuss its operating companies in 13 groups. Management believes this new operating structure will enhance the Company's market focus, acquisition capacity and executive leadership. The four segments into which the Company's businesses were divided until December 31, 2004, were: Diversified, Industries, Resources, and Technologies. Diversified builds packaging and printing machinery, heat transfer equipment, food refrigeration and display cases, specialized bearings, construction and agricultural cabs, as well as sophisticated products for use in the defense, aerospace and automotive industries. Industries makes products for use in the waste handling, bulk transport, automotive service, commercial food service and packaging, welding, cash dispenser and construction industries. Resources manufactures products primarily for the automotive, fluid handling, petroleum, original equipment manufacturer (OEM) engineered components and chemical equipment industries. Technologies builds sophisticated automated assembly and testing equipment and specialized electronic components for the electronics industry, and industrial printers for coding and marking. The accounting policies that affect the more significant elements of the Company's financial statements and that apply to the Company's segment information are described briefly below. CONSOLIDATION The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The results of operations of purchased businesses are included from the dates of acquisitions. Several businesses qualified for discontinued operations treatment in 2004, 2003, and 2002. The assets, liabilities, results of operations and cash flows of all discontinued operations have been segregated and reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented. The Company has evaluated the requirements of Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 46 ("FIN 46"), "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities," and has not identified any variable purpose entities that would require consolidation. USE OF ESTIMATES The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant estimates include revenue recognition, allowances for doubtful accounts receivable, net realizable value of inventories, restructuring charges, valuation of goodwill, pension and post retirement assumptions, useful lives associated with amortization and depreciation of intangibles and fixed assets, warranty reserves, income taxes and tax valuation reserves, environmental reserves, legal reserves, insurance reserves and the valuations of discontinued assets and liabilities. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, demand deposits and short-term investments which are highly liquid in nature and have original maturities at the time of purchase of three months or less. Cash equivalents were $357.6 million and $370.4 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. 53

DOVER CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AND ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS Accounts receivable is composed primarily of trade accounts receivable that arise primarily from the sale of goods or services on account and are stated at historical cost. Management evaluates accounts receivable at each operating company to estimate the amount of accounts receivable that will not be collected in the future and records the provision. The provision for doubtful accounts is recorded as a charge to operating expense, while the credit is recorded in the allowance for doubtful accounts, which reduces accounts receivable. The estimated allowance for doubtful accounts is based primarily on management's evaluation of the aging of the accounts receivable balance, the financial condition of its customers, historical trends, and time outstanding of specific balances. Actual collections of accounts receivable could differ from management's estimates due to changes in future economic, industry or customer financial conditions. Receivables consist of the following at December 31, 2004 and 2003.

2004 2003 ------- ------- (IN THOUSANDS) Trade Accounts Receivable................................... 919,793 757,975 Trade Notes Receivable...................................... 6,282 4,004 Other....................................................... 19,370 17,586 ------- ------- Total Receivables........................................... 945,445 779,565 ------- -------
Following are the changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts during the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002.
BALANCE AT ACQ. BY CHARGED TO BALANCE AT BEGINNING OF PURCHASE COST AND ACCOUNTS CREDIT TO CLOSE OF YEAR OR MERGER EXPENSE WRITTEN OFF INCOME YEAR ------------ --------- ---------- ----------- --------- ---------- (IN THOUSANDS) Year Ended December 31, 2004 Allowance for Doubtful Accounts........................ $31,998 $2,679 $ 7,869 $ (6,064) $(3,725) $32,757 Year Ended December 31, 2003 Allowance for Doubtful Accounts........................ $30,174 $1,047 $ 8,705 $ (6,719) $(1,209) $31,998 Year Ended December 31, 2002 Allowance for Doubtful Accounts........................ $33,652 $ 123 $12,057 $(10,838) $(4,820) $30,174
INVENTORIES Inventory for the majority of the Company's subsidiaries, including all international subsidiaries and the Technologies segment, are stated at the lower of cost, determined on the first-in, first-out (FIFO) basis, or market. Other domestic inventory is stated at cost, determined on the last-in, first-out (LIFO) basis, which is less than market value. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT AND DEPRECIATION Property, plant and equipment includes the cost of land, buildings, equipment and significant improvements to existing plant and equipment. Expenditures for maintenance, repairs and minor renewals are expensed as incurred. When property or equipment is sold or otherwise disposed of, the related cost and accumulated depreciation is removed from the respective accounts and the gain or loss realized on disposition is reflected in earnings. Depreciation expense was $131.4 million in 2004, $133.1 million in 2003, and $139.1 million in 2002. Plant and equipment was generally depreciated through December 31, 2003 based upon accelerated methods, utilizing estimated useful property lives. Building and lease hold improvement lives ranged from 5 to 50 years; machinery and equipment lives range from 2 to 20 years. The Company changed to the straight-line method of depreciation for assets acquired on or after January 1, 2004, from various 54

DOVER CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) accelerated depreciation methods. Management's decision to change was based on the fact that straight-line depreciation has become a better method of matching revenue and expenses over the estimated useful life of capitalized assets given their characteristics and usage patterns. The Company has determined that the design and durability of these assets increasingly does not diminish to any significant degree over time and it is therefore preferable to recognize the related cost uniformly over their estimated useful lives. The effect of the change for the twelve months ended December 31, 2004, was an increase to net income of approximately $8.2 million net of tax or $.04 per diluted share. DERIVATIVES TRANSACTIONS Derivatives contracts are instruments such as futures, forwards, swaps or options contracts, which derive their value from underlying assets, indices, reference rates or a combination of these factors. Derivative instruments may be privately negotiated contracts, which are often referred to as OTC derivatives, or they may be listed and traded on an exchange. In April 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 149, "Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." SFAS 149 amends and clarifies financial accounting and reporting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts and for hedging activities under SFAS No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." SFAS 149 is generally effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003, and for hedging relationships designated after June 30, 2003. The adoption of SFAS 149 did not have a material impact on the Company's financial statements. The company periodically enters into fair value hedge transactions specifically to hedge its exposures to various items including but not limited to interest rate and foreign exchange rate risk. Tests for hedge ineffectiveness are conducted periodically and any ineffectiveness found is recognized in the income statement. The company does not enter into derivatives transactions that would be classified as speculative as defined by SFAS No. 149 and No. 133. The fair market value of all outstanding transactions is recorded in the Other Assets and Deferred Charges section of the balance sheet. The corresponding change in value of the hedged assets/liabilities is recorded directly in that section of the balance sheet. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS As of January 1, 2002, the Company follows Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets." In accordance with the guidelines of this accounting principle, goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are no longer amortized and are assessed for impairment on at least an annual basis. Refer to Note 6 for disclosure on the impact of the adoption. The Company has elected to test annually for goodwill impairment in the fourth quarter of the fiscal year. Goodwill of a reporting unit will also be tested for impairment between annual tests if a triggering event occurs, as defined by SFAS No. 142, that could potentially reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying value. LONG-LIVED ASSETS In accordance with SFAS No. 144, "Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets," long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment annually and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If an indicator of impairment exists for any grouping of assets, an estimate of undiscounted future cash flows is produced and compared to its carrying value. If an asset is determined to be impaired, the loss is measured by the excess of the carrying amount of the asset over its fair value as determined by an estimate of discounted future cash flows. 55

DOVER CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) COMPREHENSIVE EARNINGS (LOSSES) Comprehensive earnings (losses) includes net earnings (losses), foreign currency translation, unrecognized gains (losses) on cash flow hedges and both realized and unrealized holding gains (losses) on marketable securities. FOREIGN CURRENCY Assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries, where the local currency is the functional currency, have been translated at year-end exchange rates and profit and loss accounts have been translated using weighted average yearly exchange rates. Adjustments resulting from translation have been recorded in the equity section of the balance sheet as cumulative translation adjustments. Assets and liabilities of an entity that are denominated in currencies other than an entity's functional currency are remeasured into the functional currency using end of period exchange rates. Gains and losses related to these remeasurements are recorded within the Statement of Earnings (Losses) as a component of "All other (income) expense, net." Other comprehensive earnings (losses) were increased by $76.1 million, $157.9 million, and $111.4 million in 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively, as a result of the foreign currency translation adjustments. REVENUE RECOGNITION Revenue on sales of product is recognized and earned when all of the following circumstances are satisfied: a) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; b) price is fixed or determinable; c) collectibility is reasonably assured; and, d) delivery has occurred. In revenue transactions where installation is required, revenue can be recognized when the installation obligation is not essential to the functionality of the delivered products. Revenue transactions involving non-essential installation obligations are those which can generally be completed in a short period of time, at insignificant cost, and the skills required to complete these installations are not unique to the Company and, in many cases, can be provided by third parties or the customers. If the installation obligation is essential to the functionality of the delivered product, revenues are deferred until installation is complete. In a limited number of revenue transactions, other post-shipment obligations such as training and customer acceptance are required and, accordingly, revenues are deferred until the customer is obligated to pay, or acceptance has been confirmed. Service revenues are recognized and earned when services are performed and are not significant to any period presented. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION SFAS No. 123 "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation as amended by SFAS No. 148," allows companies to measure compensation cost in connection with employee share option plans using a fair value based method or to continue to use an intrinsic value based method as defined by APB No. 25 "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," which generally does not result in a compensation cost at time of grant. The Company accounts for stock-based compensation under APB 25, and does not recognize stock-based compensation expense upon the grant of its stock options because the option terms are fixed and the exercise price equals the market price of the underlying stock on the grant date. However, in accordance with SFAS No. 123R, "Share-Based Payment," the Company will begin to recognize compensation expense for stock-based awards to employees in the third quarter of 2005. 56

DOVER CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) The following table illustrates the effect on net earnings and basic diluted earnings per share if the Company had recognized compensation expense upon grant of the options, based on the Black-Scholes option pricing model:

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, ------------------------------------------ 2004 2003 2002 ------------ ------------ ------------ (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE FIGURES) Net earnings from continuing operations, as reported........ $409,140 $285,216 $207,846 Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based methods for all awards, net of related tax effects.................................... 18,206 17,818 15,447 -------- -------- -------- Pro forma net earnings...................................... $390,934 $267,398 $192,399 Basic earnings per share from continuing operations: As reported............................................... $ 2.01 $ 1.40 $ 1.03 Pro forma................................................. 1.92 1.32 0.95 Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations: As reported............................................... $ 2.00 $ 1.40 $ 1.02 Pro forma................................................. 1.91 1.31 0.95
The fair value of each option grant was estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, ------------------------ 2004 2003 2002 ------ ------ ------ Risk-free interest rates................................... 3.71% 3.87% 5.32% Dividend yield............................................. 1.46% 1.40% 1.27% Expected life.............................................. 8 8 9 Volatility................................................. 31.54% 30.64% 28.10% Weighted average option grant price........................ $41.25 $24.58 $37.92 Weighted average fair value of options granted............. $14.89 $ 8.90 $15.29
INCOME TAXES The provision for income taxes on continuing operations includes federal, state, local and foreign taxes. Tax credits, primarily for research and experimentation and foreign earnings and export programs are recognized as a reduction of the provision for income taxes on continuing operations in the year in which they are available for tax purposes. Deferred taxes are provided on temporary differences between assets and liabilities for financial reporting and tax purposes as measured by enacted tax rates expected to apply when temporary differences are settled or realized. Future tax benefits are recognized to the extent that realization of those benefits is considered to be more likely than not. A valuation allowance is established for deferred tax assets for which realization is not assured. The Company has not provided for any residual U.S. income taxes on unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries as such earnings are currently intended to be indefinitely reinvested. On October 22, 2004, the President signed the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the "Act"). The Act creates a temporary incentive for U.S. corporations to repatriate accumulated income earned abroad by providing an 85 percent dividends received deduction for certain dividends from controlled foreign corporations. The deduction is subject to a number of limitations and, as of today, uncertainty remains as to how to interpret numerous provisions in the Act. Therefore, the Company is not yet in a position to decide whether, and to what extent, it might repatriate foreign earnings that have not yet been remitted to the U.S. Based on 57

DOVER CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) the Company's analysis to date, however, it is reasonably possible that the Company may repatriate some amount between zero and $176.0 million, with the respective tax liability ranging from zero to $7.8 million. The Company expects to be in a position to finalize its assessment by the third quarter of 2005. RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT COSTS Research and development expenditures, including qualifying engineering costs, are expensed when incurred and amounted to $188.3 million in 2004, $158.7 million in 2003 and $166.2 million in 2002. RISK RETENTION, INSURANCE The Company's property and casualty insurance programs contain various deductibles that, based on our experience, are typical and customary for a company of our size. We do not consider any of the deductibles to represent a material risk for the Company. The Company generally maintains deductibles for claims and liabilities related primarily to workers' compensation, health and welfare claims, commercial, general, product and automobile liability, and property damage and business interruption resulting from certain events. The Company accrues for claim exposures that are probable of occurrence and can be reasonably estimated. As part of the Company's risk management program, insurance is maintained to transfer risk beyond the level of self-retention and provides stop loss protection on both an individual claim and annual aggregate basis. The Company self-insures its product and general liability claims up to $3.0 million per occurrence, its workers' compensation claims up to $5.0 million per occurrence and automobile liability claims up to $1.0 million per occurrence. As of January 1, 2005, the Company increased its self-insurance level for its products and general liability claims up to $5.0 million per occurrence. Third-party insurance provides coverage in excess of these amounts. In addition, the Company has aggregate deductible stop loss insurance from third-party insurers on both an aggregate and an individual occurrence basis well in excess of the limits discussed above. A worldwide program of property insurance covers the Company's owned property and any business interruptions that may occur due to an insured hazard affecting those properties, subject to reasonable deductibles and aggregate limits. ACCOUNTING FOR DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS The Company follows SFAS Statement No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities" and its related amendment SFAS Statement No. 138, "Accounting for Certain Derivative Instruments and Certain Hedging Activities." These statements establish accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, and for hedging activities. The statements require recognition of all derivatives as either assets or liabilities on the balance sheet and the measurement of those instruments at fair value. If the derivative is designated as a fair value hedge and is effective, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in earnings in the same period. If the derivative is designated as a cash flow hedge, the effective portions of changes in the fair value of the derivative are recorded in other comprehensive income and are recognized in the income statement when the hedged item affects earnings. Ineffective portions of changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges are recognized in earnings. The Company does not enter into derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes and does not have a material portfolio of derivative financial instruments. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, accounts payable, notes-payable and accrued expenses approximates fair value due to the short maturity of these instruments. 58

DOVER CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS In July 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 146, "Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities," which is effective for exit and disposal activities initiated after December 31, 2002. The standard replaces EITF Issue 94-3 and requires companies to recognize costs associated with exit or disposal activities when they are incurred, as defined in SFAS No. 146, rather than at the date of a commitment to an exit or disposal plan. The provisions of SFAS 146 are to be applied prospectively. The effect of the adoption of SFAS No. 146 was immaterial to the Company's consolidated results of operations and financial position. In November of 2002, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 45 (FIN 45), "Guarantor's Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others, an interpretation of FASB Statements No. 5, 57 and 107 and Rescission of FASB Interpretation No. 34." FIN 45 clarifies the requirements of FASB Statement No. 5, "Accounting for Contingencies," relating to the guarantor's accounting for, and disclosure of, the issuance of certain types of guarantees. The disclosure requirements of FIN 45 are effective for financial statements of interim or annual periods that end after December 15, 2002, and have been incorporated into the footnotes. The provisions for initial recognition and measurement are effective on a prospective basis for guarantees that are issued or modified after December 31, 2002, irrespective of the guarantor's year-end. FIN 45 requires that upon issuance of a guarantee, the entity must recognize a liability for the fair value of the obligation it assumes under that guarantee. The effect of the adoption of FIN 45 was immaterial to the Company's consolidated results of operations and financial position. The Company has also adopted the disclosure requirements of FIN 45. In December of 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation-Transition and Disclosure -- an amendment of SFAS 123," which is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2002, regarding certain disclosure requirements that have been incorporated into the footnotes. This Statement amends FASB Statement No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," to provide alternative methods of transition for an entity that voluntarily changes to the fair-value-based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. It also amends the disclosure provisions of that Statement to require prominent disclosure about the effects on reported net income of an entity's accounting policy decisions with respect to stock-based employee compensation. Finally, this Statement amends APB Opinion No. 28, "Interim Financial Reporting," to require disclosure about those effects in interim financial information. The effect of the adoption of SFAS No. 148 had no impact on the Company's consolidated results of operations or financial position. In January 2003, FASB Interpretation No. 46 (FIN 46), "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities," was issued. FIN 46 provides guidance on consolidating variable interest entities and applies immediately to variable interests created after January 31, 2003. In December 2003, the FASB revised and superseded FIN 46 with the issuance of FIN 46R in order to address certain implementation issues that were adopted the first reporting period ending after March 15, 2004. The interpretation requires variable interest entities to be consolidated if the equity investment at risk is not sufficient to permit an entity to finance its activities without support from other parties or the equity investors lack certain specified characteristics. The effect of the adoption of FIN 46 was immaterial to the Company's consolidated results of operations and financial position. In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, "Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity." SFAS No. 150 establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. SFAS No. 150 applies specifically to a number of financial instruments that companies have historically presented within their financial statements either as equity or between the liabilities section and the equity section, rather than as liabilities. SFAS No. 150 is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise was effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. The effect of the adoption of SFAS No. 150 was immaterial to the Company's consolidated results of operations and financial position. 59

DOVER CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) In December 2003, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104 (SAB 104), Revenue Recognition. SAB 104 supersedes SAB 101, Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements, to include the guidance from Emerging Issues Task Force EITF 00-21 "Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables." The adoption of SAB 104 did not have a material effect on the Company's consolidated results of operations or financial position. In December 2003, the FASB published a revision to SFAS No. 132 "Employers' Disclosure about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, and 106." SFAS No. 132R requires additional disclosures to those in the original SFAS No. 132 about the assets, obligations, cash flows, and net periodic benefit cost of defined benefit pension plans and other defined benefit postretirement plans. SFAS No. 132R is effective for financial statements with fiscal years ending after December 15, 2003. The adoption of SFAS No. 132R did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated results of operations or financial position. In May 2004, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FAS 106-2 (FSP 106-2), "Accounting and Disclosure Requirements Related to the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003," which supersedes FSP 106-1. FSP 106-2 provides guidance on the accounting for the effects of the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (the "Act") for employers that sponsor postretirement health care plans that provide prescription drug benefits. It also requires certain disclosures regarding the effect of the federal subsidy provided by the Act. This FSP was effective for the first interim or annual period beginning after June 15, 2004. The effect of adoption has not been material to the Company's results of operations, cash flow or financial position. In November of 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151, "Inventory Costs," an amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4 "Inventory Pricing." SFAS No. 151 adopts the IASB view related to inventories that abnormal amounts of idle capacity and spoilage costs should be excluded from the cost of inventory and expensed when incurred. The provisions of SFAS No. 151 are applicable to inventory costs incurred during fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. The effect of the adoption of SFAS No. 151 will be immaterial to the Company's consolidated results of operations and financial position. In December of 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123R, "Share-Based Payment." SFAS No. 123R revises previously issued SFAS 123 "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," supersedes Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25 "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees", and amends SFAS Statement No. 95 "Statement of Cash Flows." SFAS No. 123R requires the Company to expense the fair value of employee stock options and other forms of stock-based compensation for the interim or annual periods beginning after June 15, 2005. The share-based award must be classified as equity or as a liability and the compensation cost is measured based on the fair value of the award at the date of the grant. In addition liability awards will be re-measured at fair value each reporting period. The effect of the adoption of SFAS No. 123R will not be materially different from the pro-forma results included in Note 1 Stock-Based Compensation. RECLASSIFICATIONS Certain amounts in prior years have been reclassified to conform to the current year's presentation. 2. ACQUISITIONS All acquisitions which are listed below for the years ending 2004 and 2003, have been accounted for by the purchase method of accounting. Accordingly, the accounts of the acquired companies, after adjustment to reflect fair market values assigned to assets and liabilities, have been included in the consolidated financial statements from their respective dates of acquisitions. 60

DOVER CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) 2004 ACQUISITIONS

ACQUIRED DATE TYPE COMPANIES LOCATION (NEAR) SEGMENT OPERATING COMPANY - ---- ---- --------- --------------- ------- ----------------- 13-Apr............... Stock SSE GmbH Singen, Germany Technologies Alphasem Manufactures and distributes production equipment for the semiconductor, Telecom/Optoelectronics and Flat Panel Display markets. 30-Apr............... Stock Flexbar Texas, United States Resources Energy Products Group Designs and manufactures Sinkerbars for use in the extraction of oil and gas. 17-May............... Stock Rasco Kolbermoor, Germany Technologies Everett Charles Group Manufactures test gravity feeders and related products for use in semiconductor tests. 24-May............... Asset Voltronics New Jersey, United States Technologies Dielectric Manufactures variable capacitors. 31-Aug............... Stock US Synthetics Utah, United States Resources Energy Products Group Supplier of polycrystalline diamond cutters used in drill bits for oil and gas exploration. 1-Sep................ Stock Corning Frequency Controls Pennsylvania, United States Technologies Vectron Manufactures quartz crystals, oscillators and filters for the communications, test & instrumentation, position location, automotive and military/aerospace electronic markets. 17-Dec............... Stock Almatec Kamp-lintfort, Germany Resources Wilden Manufactures air operated double diaphragm pumps. 23-Dec............... Stock Datamax Florida, United States Technologies Imaje Manufactures Bar Code printers and related products.
The aggregate cost of the 2004 acquisitions was approximately $517.5 million. The amount assigned to goodwill and major intangible asset classifications by segment is as follows:
TOTAL TECHNOLOGIES RESOURCES -------- ------------ --------- (IN THOUSANDS) Goodwill -- Tax deductible.......................... $ 15,377 $ 15,377 $ -- Goodwill -- Non-tax deductible...................... 263,276 130,519 132,757 Trademarks.......................................... 10,158 6,558 3,600 Customer intangibles................................ 86,469 47,469 39,000 Unpatented technologies............................. 55,498 45,798 9,700 Other intangibles................................... 6,011 5,551 460
Note that these intangible amounts are subject to change pending final valuation and purchase price allocation. 61

DOVER CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) 2003 ACQUISITIONS

ACQUIRED DATE TYPE COMPANIES LOCATION (NEAR) SEGMENT OPERATING COMPANY - ---- ---- --------- --------------- ------- ----------------- 20-Mar.................. Asset Standard Aerospace Montreal, Canada Diversified Sargent Manufactures aircraft engine rotating parts and airframe structural components. 27-May.................. Stock/Asset Blitz GmbH Braunlingen, Germany Industries Rotary Lift Manufactures heavy duty inground lifts, vehicle component removal devices, air compressors, and tire filling products. 1-Aug................... Asset Temex, S.A.W. Neuchatel, Switzerland Technologies Vectron Manufactures high frequency surface acoustical wave filters. 1-Oct................... Stock Warn Industries Oregon, United States Resources Stand-Alone Manufactures high performance winches for use on light trucks, recreational vehicles and all terrain vehicles (ATVs). Additionally, company manufactures hub locks and patented four-wheel and all-wheel drive powertrain systems. 2-Dec................... Stock Wabash Indiana, United States Industries Kurz-Kasch Manufactures actuators and sensors for industrial markets. 12-Dec.................. Stock Curt May SA Buenos Aires, Argentina Technologies Imaje Distributor of Imaje Marking and Coding products in Argentina.
The aggregate cost of the 2003 acquisitions was approximately $367.5 million of which $184.9 million represents goodwill. The following unaudited pro forma information presents the results of operations of the Company as if the 2004 and 2003 acquisitions had taken place on January 1, 2004 and January 1, 2003, respectively.
TWELVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, ------------------------- 2004 2003 ----------- ----------- (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE FIGURES) Net sales from continuing operations: As reported............................................... $5,488,112 $4,413,296 Pro forma................................................. 5,735,028 5,700,869 Net earnings from continuing operations: As reported............................................... $ 409,140 $ 285,216 Pro forma................................................. 434,918 314,042 Basic earnings per share from continuing operations: As reported............................................... $ 2.01 $ 1.41 Pro forma................................................. 2.14 1.55 Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations: As reported............................................... $ 2.00 $ 1.40 Pro forma................................................. 2.12 1.54
These pro forma results of operations have been prepared for comparative purposes only and include certain adjustments, such as additional amortization and depreciation expense as a result of intangibles and fixed assets acquired. They do not purport to be indicative of the results of operations that actually would have resulted had the acquisitions occurred on the date indicated, or that may result in the future. On October 1, 2003, Dover acquired Warn Industries, Inc. for approximately $326.0 million in cash. Warn, located in Portland, Oregon, is the industry leader in the design, manufacture and marketing of high-performance vehicular winches. Warn, with annual sales in excess of $150 million, is a stand-alone operating company within the Resources segment. The acquisition was originally financed with existing cash on hand and commercial paper borrowings. During the fourth quarter of 2003, all the commercial paper borrowings 62

DOVER CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) associated with the acquisition were repaid. The results of Warn's operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition. The Company has obtained a valuation for certain tangible and intangible assets related to the acquisition. Approximately $91.5 million of the goodwill is deductible for tax purposes. The following table is a summary of the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the date of acquisition:

AS OF OCTOBER 31, 2003 -------------- (IN THOUSANDS) Current assets.............................................. $ 46,714 Property, plant & equipment................................. 39,377 Intangible assets: Indefinite-lived trademarks............................... 65,400 Customer intangibles...................................... 42,900 Distributor relationships................................. 39,500 Other..................................................... 815 -------- $148,615 Goodwill.................................................... 179,794 -------- Total assets acquired..................................... $414,500 Total liabilities assumed................................... $ 88,484 -------- Net assets acquired......................................... $326,016 --------
3. INVENTORIES
SUMMARY BY COMPONENTS AT DECEMBER 31, 2004 2003 - ------------------------------------- -------- -------- (IN THOUSANDS) Raw materials............................................... $366,977 $288,858 Work in process............................................. 207,885 169,134 Finished goods.............................................. 242,825 210,989 -------- -------- Total....................................................... 817,687 668,981 Less LIFO reserve........................................... 41,946 29,642 -------- -------- $775,741 $639,339 ======== ========
At December 31, 2004 and 2003, domestic inventories determined by the LIFO inventory method amounted to $138.7 million and $123.7, respectively. 63

DOVER CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) 4. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

SUMMARY BY COMPONENTS AT DECEMBER 31, 2004 2003 - ------------------------------------- ---------- ---------- (IN THOUSANDS) Land........................................................ $ 61,744 $ 53,705 Buildings................................................... 500,350 463,603 Machinery and equipment..................................... 1,524,119 1,393,098 ---------- ---------- Total....................................................... 2,086,213 1,910,406 Accumulated depreciation.................................... 1,329,533 1,192,531 ---------- ---------- $ 756,680 $ 717,875 ========== ==========
5. OTHER ACCRUED EXPENSES
SUMMARY BY COMPONENTS AT DECEMBER 31, 2004 2003 - ------------------------------------- -------- -------- (IN THOUSANDS) Warranty.................................................... $ 41,102 $ 31,693 Taxes other than income..................................... 13,351 26,201 Unearned revenue............................................ 16,022 24,302 Customer deposits, advances and rebates..................... 25,015 23,520 Accrued interest............................................ 16,597 16,291 Legal and environmental..................................... 7,720 12,377 Restructuring and exit...................................... 11,071 3,687 Other, individually less than 5% of total................... 70,790 62,893 -------- -------- $201,668 $200,964 ======== ========
6. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS As of January 1, 2002, the Company adopted SFAS No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets." In accordance with the guidelines of this accounting principle, goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are no longer amortized but will be assessed for impairment on at least an annual basis. As an initial step in the implementation process, the Company identified 41 reporting units that would be tested for impairment. In the Industries, Diversified, and Resources market segments the "stand-alone" operating companies were identified as "reporting units." These entities qualify as reporting units in that they are one level below an operating segment, discrete financial information exists for each entity and the segment executive management group directly reviews these units. In the Technologies segment, three reporting groups were identified, Marking (consisting of one stand-alone operating company), Circuit Board Assembly and Test or "CBAT" and Specialty Electronic Components or "SEC." As required under the transitional accounting provisions of SFAS No. 142, the Company completed both steps required to identify and measure goodwill impairment at each of the reporting units as of January 1, 2002. The first step involved identifying all reporting units with carrying values (including goodwill) in excess of fair value, which was estimated using the present value of future cash flows. The identified reporting units from the first step were then measured for impairment by comparing the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill, determined in the same manner as in a business combination, with the carrying amount of the goodwill. As a result of these procedures, goodwill was reduced by $345.1 million and a net after tax charge of $293.0 million was recognized as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle in the first quarter of 2002. Five stand-alone operating companies or reporting units accounted for over 90% of the total impairment -- Triton and Somero from the Industries segment, Crenlo and Mark Andy from the Diversified 64

DOVER CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) segment, and Wilden from the Resources segment. Various factors impacted the identification and amounts of impairment recognized at the reporting units. These included the current market conditions in terms of size and new product opportunities, current and/or future operating margins and future growth potential relative to expectations when acquired. Of the total goodwill reduction, $148.0 million was from the Diversified segment, $127.5 million was from the Industries Segment and $69.6 million was from the Resources segment. Additionally, the Company completed its reassessment of recognized intangible assets, including trademarks, and adjusted the remaining amortization lives of certain intangibles based on relevant factors. The Company has elected to annually test for goodwill impairment in the fourth quarter of its fiscal year, or when there is a significant change in circumstance. The Company, subsequent to the adoption of SFAS No. 142, has tested the identified reporting units in the fourth quarter of 2004 and 2003, respectively, and has determined that there has been no additional goodwill impairment. The changes in the carrying value of goodwill by market segment through the year ended December 31, 2004 are as follows:

DIVERSIFIED INDUSTRIES RESOURCES TECHNOLOGIES TOTAL ----------- ---------- --------- ------------ ---------- (IN THOUSANDS) Balance as of December 31, 2002...... $398,308 $368,930 $322,941 $537,686 $1,627,865 -------- -------- -------- -------- ---------- Goodwill from acquisitions......... -- 2,914 180,352 1,634 184,900 Other (primarily currency translation).................... 4,661 4,780 6,588 15,907 31,936 -------- -------- -------- -------- ---------- Balance as of December 31, 2003...... $402,969 $376,624 $509,881 $555,227 $1,844,701 ======== ======== ======== ======== ========== Goodwill from acquisitions......... -- -- 132,757 145,896 278,653 Other (primarily currency translation).................... 4,370 1,962 2,608 17,486 26,426 -------- -------- -------- -------- ---------- Balance as of December 31, 2004...... $407,339 $378,586 $645,246 $718,609 $2,149,780 ======== ======== ======== ======== ==========
The following table provides the gross carrying value and accumulated amortization for each major class of intangible assets:
DECEMBER 31, 2004 DECEMBER 31, 2003 ----------------------------- ----------------------------- GROSS CARRYING ACCUMULATED GROSS CARRYING ACCUMULATED AMOUNT AMORTIZATION AVERAGE LIFE AMOUNT AMORTIZATION -------------- ------------ ------------ -------------- ------------ (IN THOUSANDS) (IN THOUSANDS) Trademarks.................... $ 30,960 $ 11,508 29 $ 22,870 $ 9,807 Patents....................... 98,193 62,199 13 97,015 54,161 Customer intangibles.......... 150,784 15,219 9 61,783 6,284 Unpatented technologies....... 127,428 28,521 9 68,141 21,561 Non-compete agreements........ 9,395 7,853 5 8,875 6,483 Drawings and manuals.......... 5,989 2,722 5 6,177 2,237 Distributor relationships..... 38,300 1,915 25 38,300 383 Other......................... 14,450 5,944 14 6,564 3,844 -------- -------- -- -------- -------- Total amortizable intangible assets................... $475,499 $135,881 12 $309,725 $104,761 -------- -------- -------- -------- Pension other*................ 40,819 -- 25,760 -- Total indefinite-lived trademarks............... 148,840 -- 144,363 -- -------- -------- -------- -------- Total......................... $665,158 $135,881 $479,848 $104,761 ======== ======== ======== ========
- --------------- * Intangible asset balance minimum pension liability requirements related to the Company's Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Liability. 65

DOVER CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) The total intangible amortization expense for the twelve months ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 was $29.4 million, $18.2 million, and $17.8 million, respectively. The estimated amortization expense, based on current intangible balances, for the next five fiscal years beginning January 1, 2005 is as follows:

(IN THOUSANDS) 2005........................................................ $25,416 2006........................................................ $24,224 2007........................................................ $23,439 2008........................................................ $21,577 2009........................................................ $20,023
7. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS In August of 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 144, "Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets," which was effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001. SFAS No. 144 establishes accounting and reporting standards for the impairment and disposal of long-lived assets and discontinued operations. The Company elected to adopt early SFAS No. 144 in 2001. The application of this statement results in the classification, and separate financial presentation, of certain entities as discontinued operations, which are not included in continuing operations. The earnings (loss) from discontinued operations include charges to reduce these businesses to estimated fair value less costs to sell. Fair value is determined by using quoted market prices, when available, or other accepted valuation techniques. All interim and full-year reporting periods have been restated to reflect the discontinued operations discussed below. The Company's executive management performs periodic reviews at all of its operating companies to assess their profitability and growth prospects under its ownership based on many factors including end market conditions, financial viability and their long-term strategic plans. Based upon these reviews, management from time to time has concluded that some businesses had limited growth prospects under its ownership due to relevant domestic and international market conditions, or ongoing financial viability, or did not align with management's long-term strategic plans. During 2004, the Company discontinued and sold one business in the Technologies segment in the first quarter of 2004 and sold five businesses that had been discontinued in 2003. In 2004, all six businesses were disposed of or liquidated for a net after tax gain of $2.4 million. As of the end of the year, there were no remaining entities held for sale in discontinued operations. During 2003, the Company discontinued five businesses, three in the Diversified segment and one business in each of the Industries and Resources segments, all of which were identified as held for sale as of December 31, 2003. In aggregate these businesses were not material to the Company's results. During 2002, the Company discontinued seven businesses, four in the Technologies segment and three in the Resources segment. In 2002, two of these businesses, one from each of Technologies and Resources were sold for a net after tax loss of $4.5 million. The five remaining businesses were classified as held for sale as of 66

DOVER CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) December 31, 2002. In 2003, the five businesses were disposed of or liquidated for a net after tax gain of $4.9 million. RESULTS OF DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

2004 2003 2002 ------- -------- -------- (IN THOUSANDS) Net Sales............................................. $85,093 $146,108 $197,397 Operating earnings (loss)............................. 2,546 6,949 (10,798) Earnings (losses) from discontinued operations, net of taxes............................................... 1,221 (6,776) (35,217) Gain (losses) on sales of discontinued operations, net of taxes............................................ 2,394 14,487 (841) ------- -------- -------- Operating earnings (loss)............................. $ 3,615 $ 7,711 $(36,058) ======= ======== ========
Charges to reduce these discontinued businesses to their estimated fair values have been recorded in losses from discontinued operations net of tax. For the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, pre-tax charges were recorded to write-off goodwill of $17.3 million and $31.6 million and other long-lived asset impairments and other charges of $0.2 million and $12.3 million, respectively. In 2004, no such charges to write-off goodwill or impairments to long-lived assets were recorded. During 2003, in connection with the completion of a federal income tax audit and commercial resolution of other issues, the Company adjusted certain reserves established in connection with the sales of previously discontinued operations and recorded a gain on the sales of discontinued operations net of tax of $16.6 million, and additional tax benefits of $5.1 million related to losses previously incurred on sales of businesses. These amounts were offset by charges of $13.6 million, net of tax, to reduce discontinued businesses to their estimated fair value, and a loss on the sale of discontinued operations net of tax of $6.0 million related to contingent liabilities from previously discontinued operations. Total losses from discontinued operations in 2002 were primarily related to charges to reduce discontinued businesses to their estimated fair value. The major classes of discontinued assets and liabilities included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets are as follows:
2004 2003 ------- -------- (IN THOUSANDS) Assets: Current Assets.............................................. $ 3,214 $102,682 Non-Current Assets.......................................... 7,607 61,457 ------- -------- Total Assets of Discontinued Operations................... $10,821 $164,139 ======= ======== Liabilities: Current liabilities......................................... $ 5,604 $ 62,706 Long-term liabilities....................................... 16,220 $ 11,180 ------- -------- Total Liabilities of Discontinued Operations.............. $21,824 $ 73,886 ======= ========
The assets primarily consist of residual property, plant and equipment and deferred tax assets. The liabilities relate to short and long-term reserves and contingencies related to businesses previously sold. 8. RESTRUCTURING AND INVENTORY CHARGES During 2002, the Company's segments and operating companies initiated a variety of restructuring programs. These restructuring programs focused on reducing the overall cost structure primarily through 67

DOVER CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) reductions in headcount and through the disposition or closure of certain non-strategic or redundant product lines and manufacturing facilities. Restructuring charges consist of employee separation and facility exit costs. Restructuring charges for continuing operations were recorded as selling and administrative expenses. The employee separation programs for continuing operations involved approximately 3,700 employees, all of whom had been terminated as of December 31, 2003. The Company had completed the vast majority of restructuring programs undertaken in 2002 by the end of 2003. The remaining exit reserves relate to future lease obligations for facilities that were closed. These costs will be paid over the remaining term of each lease. 2002 RESTRUCTURING In 2002, the Company initiated restructuring programs at selected operating companies with ongoing efforts to reduce costs in the continually challenging business environments in which the Company operates. The total restructuring charges related to these programs in 2002 were $28.7 million. The restructuring charges included both employee separation costs of $11.9 million and costs associated with exit activities of $16.8 million. The restructuring in Technologies took place in the CBAT and SEC groups, in response to the significant declines in the end-markets served by these operations. CBAT recorded $6.6 million for employee separation and $11.2 million for exit activities. The majority of the severance and exit costs were incurred at Universal, Everett Charles and DEK. The facility exit costs consist of lease terminations and idle equipment impairments. SEC recorded $2.5 million for employee separation and $3.6 million for facility exit activities. A majority of these costs were incurred at Quadrant and Novacap. Industries recorded restructuring charges of $3.7 million, of which $2.1 million was incurred to exit an under-performing product line at Tipper Tie. The remaining $1.6 million was for employee separation and other exit costs. Diversified recorded $1.1 million of restructuring charges to rationalize its SWF business, of which $0.8 million was for severance. The Company recorded pre-tax restructuring charges by business segment for the year ended December 31, as follows:

2002 -------------- (IN THOUSANDS) Diversified................................................. $ 1,128 Industries.................................................. 3,724 Resources................................................... -- Technologies................................................ 23,886 ------- Total....................................................... $28,738 =======
The $1.6 million ending balance in exit costs as of December 31, 2004 represents lease obligations at the Technologies Segment. A reconciliation of restructuring provisions is as follows:
SEVERANCE EXIT TOTAL --------- ------- -------- (IN THOUSANDS) Ending balance as of December 31, 2002................. $ 6,219 $ 9,142 $ 15,361 Benefits and exit costs paid/write downs............... (6,219) (5,455) (11,674) ------- ------- -------- Ending balance as of December 31, 2003................. $ -- $ 3,687 $ 3,687 ------- ------- -------- Benefits and exit costs paid/write downs............... -- 2,063 2,063 Ending balance as of December 31, 2004................. $ -- $ 1,624 $ 1,624 ======= ======= ========
68

DOVER CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) Due to significant declines in the demand for certain products, special inventory reserves were established in 2002. The following table details the utilization of these reserves by segment through December 31, 2003:

TECHNOLOGIES DIVERSIFIED RESOURCES TOTAL ------------ ----------- --------- -------- (IN THOUSANDS) Disposed of through December 31, 2002... (25,845) (14,377) (2,500) (42,722) Sold through December 31, 2002.......... (6,444) -- -- (6,444) Discontinued Operations................. (2,997) -- (913) (3,910) -------- -------- ------- -------- Ending balance as of December 31, 2002.... $ 15,612 $ -- $ -- $ 15,612 Disposed of through December 31, 2003... (14,289) -- -- (14,289) Sold through December 31, 2003.......... (1,323) -- -- (1,323) -------- -------- ------- -------- Ending balance as of December 31, 2003.... $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- ======== ======== ======= ========
The inventory sold through December 31, 2003 and 2002 has generated pretax profits of approximately $0.05 million and $1.2 million, respectively. 9. LINES OF CREDIT AND DEBT On September 8, 2004, the Company entered into a $600 million five-year unsecured revolving credit facility with a syndicate of fifteen banks. The Credit Agreement replaced an existing 364-day credit facility and a 3-year credit facility in the same aggregate principal amount and on substantially the same terms and is intended to be used primarily as liquidity back-up for the Company's commercial paper program. As described above, the Credit Agreement has a five-year term, whereas the prior facilities had respective terms of 364 days and three years and would otherwise have expired in October 2004 and October 2005, respectively. The Company has not drawn down any loan under the Credit Agreement, and does not anticipate doing so, and as of December 31, 2004, had commercial paper outstanding in the principal amount of $65 million. At the Company's election, loans under the Credit Agreement will bear interest at a Eurodollar or alternative currency rate based on LIBOR, plus an applicable margin ranging from 0.19% to 0.60% (subject to adjustment based on the rating accorded the Company's senior unsecured debt by S&P and Moody's), or at a base rate pursuant to a formula defined in the Credit Agreement. In addition, the Company will pay a facility fee and a utilization fee in certain circumstances as described in the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement imposes various restrictions on the Company that are substantially identical to those in the replaced facilities. Among other things, the Credit Agreement generally requires the Company to maintain an interest coverage ratio of EBITDA to consolidated net interest expense of not less than 3.5 to 1. The Company is and has been in compliance with this covenant and the ratio was 12.6 to 1 as of December 31, 2004, and 9.4 to 1 as of December 31, 2003. The Company established a Canadian Credit Facility in November of 2002 with the Bank of Nova Scotia. Under the terms of this Credit Agreement, the Company has a Canadian (CAD) $30 million bank credit availability and has the option to borrow in either Canadian Dollars or U.S. Dollars (USD). The outstanding borrowings at year-end under this facility were approximately $21 million (CAD) in 2004 and $17 million denominated in USD in 2003. The covenants and interest rates under this facility match those of the primary $600 million revolving credit facility. The Canadian Credit Facility was renewed for an additional year prior to its expiration date of November 25, 2004, and now expires on November 22, 2005. The Company intends to replace the Canadian Credit Facility on or before its expiration date. The primary purpose of this agreement is to facilitate borrowings in Canada for efficient cash and tax planning. Notes payable shown on the consolidated balance sheets for 2004 principally represented commercial paper issued in the U.S. with those shown for 2003 primarily representing short-term borrowings at a foreign 69

DOVER CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) subsidiary. The weighted average interest for short-term borrowings for the years 2004 and 2003 was 1.3% and 1.1% respectively. Dover's long-term debt instruments had a book value of $1,005.7 million on December 31, 2004 and a fair value of approximately $1,093.0 million. On December 31, 2003, the Company's long-term debt instruments had a book value of $1,007.2 million and a fair value of approximately $1,103.0 million. A summary of the Company's long-term debt for years ended December 31:

A SUMMARY OF LONG-TERM DEBT IS AS FOLLOWS AT DECEMBER 31, 2004 2003 - --------------------------------------------------------- ---------- ---------- (IN THOUSANDS) 6.45% Notes due Nov. 15, 2005 (less unamortized discount of $178) with an effective interest rate of 5.09%............ $ 249,873 $ 249,822 6.25% Notes due June 1, 2008 (less unamortized discount of $61) with an effective interest rate of 5.19%............. 149,946 149,939 6.50% Notes due Feb. 15, 2011 (less unamortized discount of $485) with an effective interest rate of 6.52%............ 399,560 399,516 6.65% Debentures due June 1, 2028 (less unamortized discount of $828) with an effective interest rate of 6.68%......... 199,181 199,171 Other....................................................... 7,180 8,731 ---------- ---------- Total long-term debt........................................ $1,005,740 $1,007,179 Less current installments................................... 252,677 3,264 ---------- ---------- Long-term debt excluding current installments............... $ 753,063 $1,003,915 ========== ==========
Annual repayments of long-term debt are scheduled as follows:
(IN THOUSANDS) 2005........................................................ $ 252,677 2006........................................................ 1,621 2007........................................................ 463 2008........................................................ 150,806 2009........................................................ -- Thereafter.................................................. 600,173 ---------- Total Long Term Debt........................................ $1,005,740 ==========
The Company may, from time to time, enter into interest rate swap agreements to manage its exposure to interest rate changes. Interest rate swaps are agreements to exchange fixed and variable rate payments based on notional principal amounts. As of December 31, 2004, the Company had three interest rate swaps outstanding for a total notional amount of $150.0 million, designated as fair value hedges of the $150.0 million 6.25% Notes due on June 1, 2008, to exchange fixed-rate interest for variable-rate interest. There was no hedge ineffectiveness as of December 31, 2004, and the aggregate fair value of these interest rate swaps of $0.7 million determined through market quotation was reported in other assets and long-term debt. During the first quarter of 2004, Dover terminated an interest rate swap with a notional amount of $50.0 million for an immaterial gain, which is being recognized over the remaining term of the debt issuance. This interest rate swap was designated as a fair value hedge of the 6.25% Notes due June 1, 2008. During the second quarter of 2004, Dover entered into an interest rate swap with a notional amount of $50.0 million at more favorable rates to replace the interest rate swap terminated during the first quarter. This interest rate swap is designated as a fair value hedge of the 6.25% Notes due June 1, 2008. The swap is designated in a foreign currency and exchanges fixed-rate interest for variable-rate interest, which also hedges a portion of the Company's net 70

DOVER CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) investment in foreign operations. Subsequent to December 31, 2004, one interest rate swap with a notional amount of $50.0 million was terminated with no material impact to the Company. 10. STOCK OPTION AND PERFORMANCE INCENTIVE PROGRAM On April 25, 1995, the stockholders approved the 1995 Incentive Stock Option and 1995 Cash Performance Program (the "1995 Plan") to replace the 1984 Incentive Stock Option and 1984 Cash Performance Program, which expired on January 30, 1995. Under the 1995 Plan, a maximum aggregate of 20 million shares was reserved for grants to key personnel until January 30, 2005. The option price could not be less than the fair market value of the stock at the time the options were granted. The period during which these options were exercisable was fixed by the Company's Compensation Committee at the time of grant, but could not commence sooner than three years after the date of grant and could not exceed ten years from the date of grant. On April 20, 2004, the stockholders approved the Dover Corporation 2005 Equity and Cash Incentive Plan (the "2005 Plan") to replace the 1995 Plan, which expired on January 30, 2005. Under the 2005 Plan, a maximum aggregate of 20 million shares is reserved for grants (non-qualified and incentive stock options and restricted stock) to key personnel between February 1, 2005 and January 31, 2015, provided that no incentive stock options shall be granted under the plan after February 11, 2014. The option price may not be less than the fair market value of the stock at the time the options are granted. The period during which these options are exercisable is fixed by the Company's Compensation Committee at the time of grant, but may not commence sooner than three years after the date of grant and may not exceed ten years from the date of grant. Transactions in stock options (all of which are non-qualified and cliff vest three years after grant) under these plans are summarized as follows:

SHARES UNDER EXERCISE PRICE WEIGHTED OPTION RANGE AVERAGE ------------ --------------- -------- Outstanding at January 1, 2002................. 7,404,269 $ 9.67 - $43.00 $30.68 Granted...................................... 2,139,792 $27.00 - $38.00 $37.92 Exercised.................................... (380,674) $ 9.67 - $35.00 $16.85 Canceled..................................... (331,004) $29.00 - $43.00 $39.38 ---------- --------------- ------ Outstanding at December 31, 2002............... 8,832,383 $ 9.67 - $43.00 $32.71 ========== =============== ====== Exercisable at December 31, 2002 through February 4, 2009............................. 4,218,919 $11.40 - $35.00 $25.52 ========== =============== ====== Outstanding at January 1, 2003................. 8,832,383 $ 9.67 - $43.00 $32.71 Granted...................................... 3,521,210 $24.50 - $40.00 $24.58 Exercised.................................... (607,358) $11.40 - $35.00 $17.87 Canceled..................................... (363,153) $ 9.67 - $43.00 $32.55 ---------- --------------- ------ Outstanding at December 31, 2003............... 11,383,082 $14.22 - $43.00 $30.99 ========== =============== ======
71

DOVER CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

SHARES UNDER EXERCISE PRICE WEIGHTED OPTION RANGE AVERAGE ------------ --------------- -------- Exercisable at December 31, 2003 through February 10, 2010............................ 4,408,104 $14.22 - $39.00 $29.07 ========== =============== ====== Outstanding at January 1, 2004................. 11,383,082 $14.22 - $43.00 $30.99 Granted...................................... 2,248,801 $38.50 - $41.25 $41.25 Exercised.................................... (697,974) $14.22 - $41.00 $19.50 Canceled..................................... (319,165) $24.50 - $41.25 $31.68 ---------- --------------- ------ Outstanding at December 31, 2004............... 12,614,744 $14.22 - $43.00 $33.98 ========== =============== ====== Exercisable at December 31, 2004 through: February 2, 2005............................. 202,548 $14.22 February 8, 2006............................. 411,266 $23.53 February 6, 2007............................. 528,644 $24.72 February 5, 2008............................. 692,761 $35.00 February 4, 2009............................. 1,082,022 $31.00 February 10, 2010............................ 802,069 $39.00 February 8, 2011............................. 1,666,945 $41.00 ---------- --------------- ------ Total.......................................... 5,386,255 $14.22 - $43.00 $33.98 ========== =============== ======
OPTIONS OUTSTANDING OPTIONS EXERCISABLE ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------- WEIGHTED AVERAGE WEIGHTED AVERAGE WEIGHTED AVERAGE REMAINING LIFE WEIGHTED AVERAGE REMAINING LIFE RANGE OF EXERCISE PRICES NUMBER EXERCISE PRICE IN YEARS NUMBER EXERCISE PRICE IN YEARS - ------------------------ --------- ---------------- ---------------- --------- ---------------- ---------------- $14.22-$24.72........... 4,311,212 23.95 6.34 1,142,458 22.43 1.39 $27.00-$35.00........... 1,816,127 32.49 3.80 1,780,083 32.56 3.72 $35.75-$43.00........... 6,487,405 39.99 7.29 2,463,714 40.35 5.78
The Company also has a restricted stock program (as part of the 1995 Plan and the 2005 Plan), under which common stock of the Company may be granted at no cost to certain officers and key employees. In general, restrictions limit the sale or transfer of these shares during a two or three year period, and restrictions lapse proportionately over the two or three year period. Restricted shares granted in 2004, 2003 and 2002 were 10,000, 6,000, and zero, respectively. In addition, the Company has a stock compensation plan under which non-employee directors are granted shares of Dover's common stock each year as their primary compensation for serving as directors. During 2004, the Company issued an aggregate of 9,120 shares of its common stock to its eight outside directors (after withholding an aggregate of 3,904 additional shares to satisfy tax obligations), as partial compensation for serving as directors of the Company during 2004. During 2003, the Company issued an aggregate of 8,750 shares of its common stock to its seven U.S. resident outside directors (after withholding an aggregate of 3,752 additional shares to satisfy tax obligations), and the Company issued an aggregate of 1,786 shares of its common stock to its non-U.S. resident outside director who was not subject to U.S. withholding tax, as partial compensation for serving as directors of the Company during 2003. 72

DOVER CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) 11. TAXES ON INCOME Total income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 were allocated as follows:

2004 2003 2002 -------- ------- ------- (IN THOUSANDS) Taxes on income from continuing operations............. $143,006 $86,676 $55,523 Stockholders' equity, for compensation expense for tax purposes in excess of amounts recognized for financial reporting purposes......................... (4,959) (3,513) (2,597) -------- ------- ------- $138,047 $83,163 $52,926 ======== ======= =======
Income tax expense (benefit) is made up of the following components:
2004 2003 2002 -------- ------- ------- (IN THOUSANDS) Current: U.S. Federal......................................... $ 87,849 $ 3,572 $ 5,648 State and local...................................... 3,592 3,397 327 Foreign.............................................. 46,680 32,005 28,486 -------- ------- ------- Total current -- continuing............................ $138,121 $38,974 $34,461 -------- ------- ------- Deferred: U.S. Federal......................................... $ 6,462 $48,583 $19,487 State and local...................................... 2,394 1,422 2,199 Foreign.............................................. (3,971) (2,303) (624) -------- ------- ------- Total deferred -- continuing........................... 4,885 47,702 21,062 -------- ------- ------- Total expense -- continuing............................ $143,006 $86,676 $55,523 ======== ======= =======
Income taxes have been based on the following components of earnings before taxes on continuing income:
2004 2003 2002 -------- -------- -------- (IN THOUSANDS) Domestic............................................. $353,515 $241,512 $202,504 Foreign.............................................. 198,631 130,380 60,865 -------- -------- -------- $552,146 $371,892 $263,369 ======== ======== ========
73

DOVER CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) The reasons for the difference between the effective rate and the U.S. Federal income statutory rate of 35% are as follows:

2004 2003 2002 ---- ---- ---- U.S. Federal income tax rate................................ 35.0% 35.0% 35.0% State and local taxes, net of Federal income tax benefit.... 0.8 1.9 0.6 Foreign operations tax effect............................... (4.9) (4.3) 3.5 ---- ---- ---- Subtotal.................................................. 30.9 32.6 39.1 R&E tax credits............................................. (1.0) (1.3) (2.5) Foreign export program benefits............................. (2.8) (3.0) (4.3) Foreign tax credits......................................... (0.1) 0.0 (1.1) Branch losses............................................... (0.8) (1.5) (2.3) Other, reflecting settlement of tax contingencies........... (0.7) (3.4) -- Other, principally non-tax deductible items................. 0.4 0.4 0.8 ---- ---- ---- Effective rate before reorganizations....................... 25.9 23.8 29.7 Reorganization of entities and other........................ -- (0.5) (8.6) ---- ---- ---- Effective rate from continuing operations................. 25.9% 23.3% 21.1% ==== ==== ====
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31 of each year are as follows:
2004 2003 --------- --------- (IN THOUSANDS) DEFERRED TAX ASSETS: Accrued insurance........................................... $ 10,168 $ 4,885 Accrued compensation, principally postretirement benefits, and other employee benefits............................... 60,331 42,922 Accrued expenses, principally for disposition of businesses, interest and warranty..................................... 18,535 19,334 Long-term liabilities principally warranty, environmental and exit costs............................................ 9,562 12,038 Inventories, principally due to reserves for financial reporting purposes and capitalization for tax purposes.... 25,012 23,977 Net operating loss carryforwards............................ 46,450 50,845 Accounts receivable, principally due to allowance for doubtful accounts......................................... 8,013 7,083 Other assets................................................ 4,581 3,809 --------- --------- Total gross deferred tax assets............................. 182,652 164,893 --------- --------- Valuation allowance......................................... (44,343) (50,845) --------- --------- Total deferred tax assets................................... $ 138,309 $ 114,048 ========= =========
74

DOVER CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

2004 2003 --------- --------- (IN THOUSANDS) DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES: Accounts receivable......................................... $ (25,734) $ (20,355) Plant and equipment, principally due to differences in depreciation.............................................. (28,389) (22,562) Intangible assets, principally due to different tax and financial reporting bases and amortization lives.......... (284,167) (211,222) Prepaid pension assets...................................... (48,409) (48,321) Other liabilities........................................... (440) (947) --------- --------- Total gross deferred tax liabilities........................ (387,139) (303,407) --------- --------- Net deferred tax liability.................................. (248,830) (189,359) --------- --------- Net current deferred tax asset.............................. 47,634 44,547 --------- --------- Net non-current deferred tax liability...................... $(296,464) $(233,906) ========= =========
The Company has loss carryovers for federal and foreign purposes as of December 31, 2004, of $50.8 million and $243.7 million, respectively, and as of December 31, 2003, of $24.0 and $289.4 million, respectively. The Company expects to utilize all of the $50.8 million federal loss in the 2001 carry back period. The entire balance of the foreign losses is available to be carried forward, with $49.1 million of these beginning to expire during the years 2005 through 2013. The remaining $194.6 million of such losses can be carried forward indefinitely. The Company maintains a partial valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax assets related to these carry forwards, as utilization of these losses is not assured. The Company has not provided for U.S. federal income taxes or tax benefits on the undistributed earnings of its international subsidiaries because such earnings are reinvested and it is currently intended that they will continue to be reinvested indefinitely. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company has not provided federal income taxes on earnings of approximately $324.0 million and $223.2 million, respectively, from its international subsidiaries. On October 22, 2004, the President signed the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the "Act"). The Act creates a temporary incentive for U.S. corporations to repatriate accumulated income earned abroad by providing an 85 percent dividends received deduction for certain dividends from controlled foreign corporations. The deduction is subject to a number of limitations and, as of today, uncertainty remains as to how to interpret numerous provisions in the Act. Therefore, the Company is not yet in a position to decide whether, and to what extent, it might repatriate foreign earnings that have not yet been remitted to the U.S. Based on the Company's analysis to date, however, it is reasonably possible that the Company may repatriate some amount between zero and $176.0 million, with the respective tax liability ranging from zero to $7.8 million. The Company expects to be in a position to finalize its assessment by the third quarter of 2005. Dover is continuously undergoing examination of its federal income tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS"). The Company and the IRS have settled tax years through 1995. The Company expects to resolve open years (1996-2000) in the near future, all within the amounts paid and/or reserved for these liabilities. The IRS is currently examining the Company's 2001 and 2002 federal income tax returns. Additionally, the Company is routinely involved in state and local income tax audits, and on occasion, foreign jurisdiction tax audits. 12. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES A few of the Company's subsidiaries are involved in legal proceedings relating to the cleanup of waste disposal sites identified under Federal and State statutes which provide for the allocation of such costs among 75

DOVER CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) "potentially responsible parties." In each instance the extent of the Company's liability appears to be very small in relation to the total projected expenditures and the number of other "potentially responsible parties" involved and is anticipated to be immaterial to the Company. In addition, a few of the Company's subsidiaries are involved in ongoing remedial activities at certain plant sites, in cooperation with regulatory agencies, and appropriate reserves have been established. The Company and certain of its subsidiaries are also parties to a number of other legal proceedings incidental to their businesses. These proceedings primarily involve claims by private parties alleging injury arising out of use of the Company's products, exposure to hazardous substances or patent infringement, litigation and administrative proceedings involving employment matters, and commercial disputes. Management and legal counsel periodically review the probable outcome of such proceedings, the costs and expenses reasonably expected to be incurred, the availability and extent of insurance coverage, and established reserves. While it is not possible at this time to predict the outcome of these legal actions or any need for additional reserves, in the opinion of management, based on these reviews, it is remote that the disposition of the lawsuits and the other matters mentioned above will have a material adverse effect on the financial position, results of operations, cash flows or competitive position of the Company. The Company leases certain facilities and equipment under operating leases, many of which contain renewal options. Total rental expense, net of insignificant sublease rental income, on all operating leases was $45.7 million, $44.7 million and $43.5 million, for 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively. Contingent rentals under the operating leases were not significant. A summary of the Company's undiscounted long-term debt, commitments and obligations as of December 31, 2004, and the years when these obligations become due is as follows:

TOTAL 2005 2006 2007 2008 THEREAFTER ---------- -------- ------- ------- -------- ---------- (IN THOUSANDS) Long-term debt........ $1,005,740 $252,677 $ 1,621 $ 463 $150,806 $600,173 Rental commitments.... 147,437 36,475 28,715 22,872 14,270 45,105 Purchase Obligations......... 82,858 80,276 1,779 784 19 -- Capital Leases........ 8,031 3,546 2,619 677 131 1,058 Other Long-Term Obligations......... 4,844 762 738 364 360 2,620 ---------- -------- ------- ------- -------- -------- Total obligations..... $1,248,910 $373,736 $35,472 $25,160 $165,586 $648,956 ========== ======== ======= ======= ======== ========
LONG-TERM DEBT -- Long-term debt with a book value of $1,005.7 million had a fair value of approximately $1,093.0 million on December 31, 2004. RENTAL COMMITMENTS -- Minimum future rental commitments under operating leases having non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year aggregate $147.4 million as of December 31, 2004 and are payable as shown in the obligation table. PURCHASE OBLIGATIONS -- The Company has non-cancelable, contractual obligations to purchase goods or services of $82.9 million as of December 31, 2004. The Technologies segment accounts for $65.1 million of this amount as of December 31, 2004. CAPITAL LEASES -- The Company leases machinery and equipment under terms which classify them as capital leases. Capital Lease Obligations for the Industries segment and Technologies segment were $6.1 million and $1.8 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2004. 76

DOVER CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) Warranty program claims are provided for at the time of sale. Amounts provided for are based on historical costs and adjusted for new claims. A reconciliation of the warranty provision is as follows:

2004 2003 -------- -------- (IN THOUSANDS) Balance at beginning of year................................ $ 36,235 $ 32,628 Provision for warranties.................................... 31,038 25,565 Settlements made............................................ (23,405) (22,693) Other adjustments........................................... 2,960 735 -------- -------- Balance at end of year,..................................... $ 46,828 $ 36,235 ======== ========
13. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS The Company has defined benefit and defined contribution pension plans (the "Plans") covering substantially all employees of the Company and its domestic and international subsidiaries. The Plans' benefits are generally based on years of service and employee compensation. The Company's funding policy is consistent with the funding requirements of ERISA and applicable foreign law. Dover uses a measurement date of September 30th for its pension and other postretirement benefit plans. The Company is responsible for overseeing the management of the investments of the defined benefit Plans' assets and otherwise ensuring that the Plans' investment programs are in compliance with ERISA, other relevant legislation, and related plan documents. Where relevant, the Company has retained several professional investment managers to manage the Plans' assets and implement the investment process. The investment managers, in implementing their investment processes, have the authority and responsibility to select appropriate investments in the asset classes specified by the terms of their applicable prospectus or investment manager agreements with the Plans. The primary financial objective of the Plans is to secure participant retirement benefits. Accordingly, the key objective in the Plans' financial management is to promote stability and, to the extent appropriate, growth in funded status. Related and supporting financial objectives are established in conjunction with a review of current and projected Plan financial requirements. The assets of the Plans are invested to achieve an appropriate return for the Plans consistent with a prudent level of risk. The asset return objective is to achieve, as a minimum over time, the passively managed return earned by market index funds, weighted in the proportions outlined by the asset class exposures identified in the Plans' strategic allocation. The Expected Return on Asset Assumption used for pension expense was developed through analysis of historical market returns, current market conditions, and the past experience of plan asset investments. Estimates of future market returns by asset category are lower than actual long-term historical returns in order to generate a conservative forecast. Overall, it is projected that the investment of Plan assets will achieve an 8.50% net return over time, from the asset allocation strategy. The Company also provides, through non-qualified plans, supplemental pension benefits in excess of qualified plan limits imposed by Federal tax law. These plans cover officers and certain key employees and generally serve to restore and/or enhance the combined pension amount to original benefit levels to what they would be absent such limits. These plans are funded from the general assets of the Company. Dover has reflected the merger of the Warn plan into the Dover Corporation Pension Plan, effective October 1, 2003. Dover chose to recognize this plan merger using purchase accounting, whereby the unfunded Pension Benefit Obligation ("PBO") as of the merger date was recognized as an accrued cost of $13.7 million. Subsequent to the valuation date of the defined benefit plan, Dover made an additional funding of $2.7 million 77

DOVER CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) related to Warn in the fourth quarter of 2003, which was not reflected in the funded status of the plan as of the measurement date of September 30, 2003. During 2003, two plan amendments created an increase in the benefit obligations of the Company's principal non-qualified supplemental pension benefit plan. A change in early retirement factors under the supplemental benefit plan allows for employees who are 62 and have 10 years of service with the Company to retire with unreduced benefits between the ages of 62 and 65. The second amendment provides partial prior service credit to executives who are hired at or after age 40 and are eligible to participate in this plan. The following table sets forth the components of the Company's net periodic(expense) benefit for 2004, 2003 and 2002.

DEFINED BENEFITS SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS POST-RETIREMENT BENEFITS ------------------------------ ----------------------------- --------------------------- 2004 2003 2002 2004 2003 2002 2004 2003 2002 -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- ------- ------- ------- (IN THOUSANDS) Expected return on plan assets........ $ 27,509 $ 23,530 $ 22,564 $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- $ -- Benefits earned during year........ (9,495) (8,117) (6,906) (3,939) (3,113) (2,404) (640) (374) (355) Interest accrued on benefit obligation......... (16,629) (14,752) (14,406) (5,985) (4,785) (4,049) (1,755) (1,567) (1,607) Amortization Prior service cost............. (1,126) (982) (879) (3,766) (3,080) (2,300) (338) 24 14 Unrecognized actuarial gains (losses)......... (3,738) (739) -- (8) (5) -- (18) 46 86 Transition......... 1,073 1,038 931 -- -- -- -- -- -- Settlement and curtailment gain (loss)........... -- -- -- -- -- -- 1,019 -- 55 -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- ------- ------- ------- Net periodic (expense) benefit............ $ (2,406) $ (22) $ 1,304 $(13,698) $(10,983) $(8,753) $(1,732) $(1,871) $(1,807) ======== ======== ======== ======== ======== ======= ======= ======= =======
The assumptions used in determining the net periodic benefit (expense) above were as follows:
POST-RETIREMENT DEFINED BENEFITS SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS BENEFITS ------------------ --------------------- ------------------ 2004 2003 2002 2004 2003 2002 2004 2003 2002 ---- ---- ---- ----- ----- ----- ---- ---- ---- Weighted average discount rate.... 6.00% 6.75% 7.25% 6.00% 6.75% 7.25% 6.00% 6.75% 7.25% Average wage increase............. 4.00% 4.00% 4.00% 6.00% 6.75% 6.75% -- -- -- Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets.................. 8.50% 8.50% 9.00% -- -- -- -- -- -- Ultimate medical trend rate....... -- -- -- -- -- -- 6.00% 6.00% 5.00%
78

DOVER CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) The funded status and resulting prepaid pension cost of U.S. defined benefit plans (international defined benefit plans are not considered material) for 2004 and 2003 were as follows:

DEFINED BENEFITS SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFITS POST-RETIREMENT BENEFITS ------------------- ---------------------- ------------------------- 2004 2003 2004 2003 2004 2003 -------- -------- ---------- --------- ----------- ----------- (IN THOUSANDS) CHANGE IN BENEFIT OBLIGATION Benefit obligation at beginning of year.......... $275,803 $216,668 $ 96,446 $ 54,707 $ 26,013 $ 24,080 Benefits earned during the year....................... 9,495 8,117 3,939 3,113 640 374 Interest cost................ 16,629 14,752 5,985 4,785 1,756 1,567 Plan participants' contributions.............. -- -- -- -- 175 209 Amendments................... 963 3,152 26,298 23,764 (1,524) (81) Actuarial loss (gain)........ 5,141 25,296 (2,820) 12,257 (135) 2,407 Settlements and curtailments............... -- -- -- -- (12) -- Acquisitions................. -- 23,800 -- -- -- -- Divestitures................. (2,855) -- -- -- -- -- Benefits paid................ (23,301) (15,982) (6,289) (2,179) (2,203) (2,543) -------- -------- --------- -------- -------- -------- Benefit obligation at end of year....................... 281,875 275,803 123,559 96,447 24,710 26,013 -------- -------- --------- -------- -------- -------- CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year.......... 275,969 199,761 -- -- -- -- Actual return on plan assets..................... 38,593 36,310 -- -- -- -- Company contributions........ 2,730 45,780 6,289 2,179 2,028 2,334 Employee contributions....... -- -- -- -- 175 209 Benefits paid................ (23,301) (15,982) (6,289) (2,179) (2,203) (2,543) Acquisitions................. -- 10,100 -- -- -- -- Divestitures................. (2,531) -- -- -- -- -- -------- -------- --------- -------- -------- -------- Fair value of plan assets at end of year................ 291,460 275,969 -- -- -- -- -------- -------- --------- -------- -------- -------- Funded status................ 9,585 166 (123,559) (96,447) (24,710) (26,013) Unrecognized actuarial (gain) loss....................... 116,627 133,239 112 5,893 1,412 1,577 Unrecognized prior service cost....................... 8,235 8,398 73,804 51,272 (1,042) (198) Unrecognized transition (gain)..................... (2,260) (3,333) -- -- -- -- Post Measurement Date Contributions.............. -- -- 927 -- -- -- -------- -------- --------- -------- -------- -------- Prepaid (accrued) benefit cost....................... $132,187 $138,470 $ (48,716) $(39,282) $(24,340) $(24,634) ======== ======== ========= ======== ======== ======== ACCUMULATED BENEFIT OBLIGATION................. $256,905 $249,848 $ 87,425 $ 65,213 ======== ======== ========= ========
Benefit payments increased in 2004 and are expected to increase further in 2005. These increases relate in part to benefits for key executives with significant years of service. 79

DOVER CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) The assumptions used in determining the above were as follows:

SUPPLEMENTAL POST-RETIREMENT DEFINED BENEFITS BENEFITS BENEFITS ----------------- ------------- --------------- 2004 2003 2004 2003 2004 2003 ------- ------- ----- ----- ------ ------ Weighted average discount rate........... 5.75% 6.00% 5.75% 6.00% 5.75% 6.00% Average wage increase.................... 4.00% 4.00% 6.00% 6.00% -- -- Ultimate medical trend rate.............. -- -- -- -- 5.50% 6.00%
The actual and target weighted-average asset allocation for benefit plans were:
DECEMBER SEPTEMBER SEPTEMBER CURRENT 2004 2004 2003 TARGET -------- --------- --------- --------- Equity -- Domestic........................ 33% 31% 64% 25% - 35% Equity -- International................... 25% 24% 17% 20% - 25% Fixed Income -- Domestic.................. 35% 38% 12% 25% - 40% Real Estate............................... 7% 7% 7% 5% - 10% Other..................................... -- -- -- 0% - 10% --- --- --- Total..................................... 100% 100% 100% === === ===
Information about the expected 2005 employer contributions is as follows:
SUPPLEMENTAL DEFINED BENEFITS BENEFITS ---------------- ------------ (IN THOUSANDS) Contributions to be made to plan assets................... $10,000 -- Contributions to be made to plan participants............. -- $22,471
Information about the expected future undiscounted benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, is as follows:
SUPPLEMENTAL POST RETIREMENT DEFINED BENEFITS BENEFITS BENEFITS ---------------- ------------ --------------- (IN THOUSANDS) 2005........................................ $ 18,134 $22,471 $1,736 2006........................................ 18,550 10,557 1,663 2007........................................ 20,794 7,697 1,676 2008........................................ 22,525 12,574 1,648 2009........................................ 22,111 10,995 1,665 2010-2014................................... 123,645 55,110 8,368
Pension cost for all defined contribution and defined benefit plans was $32.2 million for 2004, $21.2 million for 2003, and $21.5 million for 2002. For post-retirement benefit measurement purposes, a 12% annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered benefits (i.e., health care cost trend rates) was assumed for 2004; the rates were assumed to decrease gradually to 5.50% by the year 2012 and remain at that level thereafter. The health care cost trend rate assumption has a significant effect on the amounts reported. For example, increasing (decreasing) the assumed health care cost trend rates by one percentage point in each year would increase (decrease) the accumulated post-retirement benefit obligation as of December 31, 2004, by $1.4 million ($1.4 million) and the net post-retirement benefit cost for 2004 by approximately $0.1 million ($0.1 million). 80

DOVER CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) In December 2003, the Medicare Prescription Drug Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 was enacted. The Act established a prescription drug benefit under Medicare, and a federal subsidy to sponsors of retiree health care benefit plans that provide an equivalent benefit. The Company believes it will be entitled to a subsidy and has determined the effects of the Act were not a significant event, and accordingly, net periodic post-retirement benefit cost for 2004 does not reflect the effects of the Act. The benefit of the subsidy will be factored into the 2005 costs and obligations. The post-retirement benefit plans cover approximately 2,200 participants, approximately 650 of which are eligible for medical benefits. The plans are closed to new entrants. 14. INFORMATION ABOUT THE COMPANY'S OPERATIONS IN DIFFERENT SEGMENTS AND GEOGRAPHIC AREAS Selected information by geographic regions is presented below:

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, -------------------------------------------------------------- REVENUES LONG-LIVED ASSETS ------------------------------------ ----------------------- 2004 2003 2002 2004 2003 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- United States.................... $3,021,354 $2,482,651 $2,492,014 $2,826,379 $2,511,251 Europe........................... 1,176,206 899,615 749,200 728,740 563,733 Other Americas................... 393,829 322,729 281,909 50,580 47,763 Total Asia....................... 788,980 631,754 445,968 25,525 22,706 Rest of the World................ 107,743 76,547 84,502 187 279 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- $5,488,112 $4,413,296 $4,053,593 $3,631,411 $3,145,732 ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- U.S. Exports..................... $1,088,613 $ 890,813 $ 798,806 ---------- ---------- ----------
Revenues are attributed to regions based on the location of the Company's customer, which in some instances is an intermediary and not necessarily the end-user. Long-lived assets are comprised of net property, plant and equipment; intangible assets and goodwill, net of amortization; and other assets and deferred charges. The Company's operating companies are based primarily in the United States of America and Europe. During 2004, as in prior years, the Company's businesses were divided into four reportable segments. Dover's businesses serve thousands of customers, none of which accounted for more than 10% of consolidated revenues. Accordingly, it is impracticable to provide revenues from external customers for each product and service sold by segment. Selected financial information by market segment follows on the next page: 81

DOVER CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) SALES, OPERATING PROFIT AND OTHER DATA BY MARKET SEGMENT

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, ------------------------------------ 2004 2003 2002 ---------- ---------- ---------- (IN THOUSANDS) Sales to unaffiliated customers: Diversified............................................ $1,310,835 $1,168,256 $1,115,776 Industries............................................. 1,221,178 1,039,930 1,034,714 Resources.............................................. 1,337,229 982,658 872,898 Technologies........................................... 1,628,135 1,231,241 1,036,472 Intramarket sales...................................... (9,265) (8,789) (6,267) ---------- ---------- ---------- Consolidated continuing sales.......................... $5,488,112 $4,413,296 $4,053,593 ---------- ---------- ---------- Operating profit: Diversified............................................ $ 149,779 $ 131,867 $ 127,454 Industries............................................. 138,359 121,200 137,547 Resources.............................................. 216,291 136,851 124,380 Technologies........................................... 162,198 84,763 (30,339) Interest income, interest expense and general corporate expenses, net....................................... (114,481) (102,789) (95,673) ---------- ---------- ---------- Consolidated continuing earnings before taxes on income.............................................. $ 552,146 $ 371,892 $ 263,369 ---------- ---------- ---------- Operating profit margin (pretax): Diversified............................................ 11.4% 11.3% 11.4% Industries............................................. 11.3 11.7 13.3 Resources.............................................. 16.2 13.9 14.2 Technologies........................................... 10.0 6.9 (2.9) ---------- ---------- ---------- Consolidated continuing profit margin.................. 10.1% 8.4% 6.5% Total assets at December 31: Diversified............................................ $1,039,044 $ 986,297 $ 926,176 Industries............................................. 962,218 937,944 882,597 Resources.............................................. 1,507,741 1,247,510 805,970 Technologies........................................... 1,906,381 1,478,807 1,327,284 Corporate (principally cash and equivalents and marketable securities).............................. 365,974 344,815 336,691 ---------- ---------- ---------- Total continuing assets................................ $5,781,358 $4,995,373 $4,278,718 ---------- ---------- ---------- Assets from discontinued operations.................... 10,821 164,139 158,398 ---------- ---------- ---------- Consolidated total..................................... $5,792,179 $5,159,512 $4,437,116 ---------- ---------- ---------- Depreciation and amortization: Diversified............................................ $ 35,928 $ 37,270 $ 36,466 Industries............................................. 27,188 28,173 28,059 Resources.............................................. 45,884 34,911 36,027 Technologies........................................... 50,757 49,931 55,076 Corporate.............................................. 1,088 1,024 1,318 ---------- ---------- ---------- Consolidated continuing total.......................... $ 160,845 $ 151,309 $ 156,946 ---------- ---------- ---------- Capital expenditures: Diversified............................................ $ 24,699 $ 24,473 $ 23,914 Industries............................................. 22,616 22,509 23,089 Resources.............................................. 27,453 16,372 16,067 Technologies........................................... 32,346 31,496 32,944 Corporate.............................................. 320 1,550 403 ---------- ---------- ---------- Consolidated continuing total.......................... $ 107,434 $ 96,400 $ 96,417 ---------- ---------- ----------
82

DOVER CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED) 15. QUARTERLY DATA (UNAUDITED)

PER SHARE(1) GROSS CONTINUING NET --------------- QUARTER NET SALES(1) PROFIT(1) NET EARNINGS(1) EARNINGS BASIC DILUTED - ------- ------------ ---------- --------------- -------- ----- ------- (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE FIGURES) 2004 FIRST....................... $1,242,380 $ 435,865 $ 83,809 $ 83,113 $0.41 $0.41 SECOND...................... 1,380,360 483,741 109,667 112,264 0.54 0.53 THIRD....................... 1,444,196 494,608 116,858 120,264 0.58 0.58 FOURTH...................... 1,421,176 480,150 98,806 97,114 0.48 0.48 ---------- ---------- -------- -------- ----- ----- $5,488,112 $1,894,364 $409,140 $412,755 $2.01 $2.00 ---------- ---------- -------- -------- ----- ----- 2003 First....................... $ 998,373 $ 347,618 $ 57,688 $ 59,470 $0.28 $0.28 Second...................... 1,094,000 378,562 71,591 72,782 0.35 0.35 Third....................... 1,122,909 383,274 75,235 84,356 0.37 0.37 Fourth...................... 1,198,014 410,968 80,702 76,319 0.41 0.40 ---------- ---------- -------- -------- ----- ----- $4,413,296 $1,520,422 $285,216 $292,927 $1.41 $1.40 ========== ========== ======== ======== ===== =====
All quarterly and full-year periods have been restated to reflect certain operations that were discontinued. The quarterly data presented above will not agree to previously issued quarterly statements made as a result of this restatement. - --------------- (1) Represents results from continuing operations. 83

DOVER CORPORATION SCHEDULE II VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004, 2003, 2002

BALANCE AT ACQ. BY CHARGED TO BALANCE AT BEGINNING OF PURCHASE COST AND ACCOUNTS CREDIT TO CLOSE OF YEAR OR MERGER EXPENSE WRITTEN OFF INCOME YEAR ------------ --------- ---------- ----------- --------- ---------- Year Ended December 31, 2004 Allowance for Doubtful Accounts...................... $31,998 $2,679 $ 7,869 $ (6,064) $(3,725) $32,757 Year Ended December 31, 2003 Allowance for Doubtful Accounts...................... $30,174 $1,047 $ 8,705 $ (6,719) $(1,209) $31,998 Year Ended December 31, 2002 Allowance for Doubtful Accounts...................... $33,652 $ 123 $12,057 $(10,838) $(4,820) $30,174
CHARGED, BALANCE AT (CREDITED) TO BALANCE AT BEGINNING OF COST AND CLOSE OF YEAR EXPENSE YEAR ------------ ------------- ---------- Year Ended December 31, 2004 Lifo Reserve............................................ $29,642 $12,304 $41,946 Year Ended December 31, 2003 Lifo Reserve............................................ $30,407 $ (765) $29,642 Year Ended December 31, 2002 Lifo Reserve............................................ $29,372 $ 1,035 $30,407
ACQUIRED BALANCE AT BY BALANCE AT BEGINNING OF PURCHASE CLOSE OF YEAR OR MERGER ADDITIONS REDUCTIONS OTHER YEAR ------------ ----------- ---------- ----------- --------- ---------- Year Ended December 31, 2004 Deferred Tax Valuation Allowance.................... $50,845 $9,411 $ 1,707 $(21,896) $4,276 $44,343 Year Ended December 31, 2003 Deferred Tax Valuation Allowance.................... $30,086 -- $20,518 $ (8,651) $8,892 $50,845 Year Ended December 31, 2002 Deferred Tax Valuation Allowance.................... $33,680 -- $ 5,502 $(11,815) $2,719 $30,086
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE None. ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES At the end of the period covered by this report, the Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of the Company's management, including the Company's Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-15e. Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company's disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that material information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports it files under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the required time periods. During the fourth quarter of 2004, there were no changes in the Company's internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting. 84

MANAGEMENT'S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING The management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). The Company's management assessed the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004. In making this assessment, the Company's management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework. Based on its assessment under the criteria set forth in Internal Control-Integrated Framework, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2004, the Company's internal control over financial reporting was effective to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Management has excluded SSE GmbH, Flexbar, Rasco, Voltronics, US Synthetics, Corning Frequency Control, Almatec and Datamax from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004 because they were acquired by the Company in purchase business combinations during 2004. These companies are wholly-owned by the Company and their total revenues and assets represent less than 3% and 11% of the Company's consolidated total revenues and assets, respectively, as reflected in its financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2004. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements and cannot provide absolute assurance of achieving financial reporting objectives. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Management's assessment of the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2004 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears herein. ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION CERTIFICATIONS REGARDING PUBLIC DISCLOSURES AND LISTING STANDARDS The unqualified certifications of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding the quality of Dover's public disclosure are filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2 to the Annual Reports on Form 10-K for the years ended December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003. In addition, the annual certification of the Chief Executive Officer regarding compliance by the Company with the corporate governance listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange was submitted without qualification to the New York Stock Exchange following the April 2004 annual stockholder meeting. PART III ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT The information with respect to the directors of the Company required to be included pursuant to this Item 10 is included under the caption "1. Election of Directors" in the 2005 Proxy Statement relating to the 2005 Annual Meeting of Stockholders filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 14a-6 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is incorporated in this Item 10 by reference. The information with respect to the executive officers of the Company required to be included pursuant to this Item 10 is included under the caption "Executive Officers of the Registrant" in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is incorporated in this Item 10 by reference. The information with respect to Section 16(a) reporting compliance required to be included in this Item 10 is included under the caption "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance" in the 2005 Proxy Statement and is incorporated in this Item 10 by reference. 85

The Company has adopted a code of ethics that applies to its chief executive officer and senior financial officers. A copy of this code of ethics can be found on the Company's website at www.dovercorporation.com. In the event of any amendment to, or waiver from, the code of ethics, the Company will publicly disclose the amendment or waiver by posting the information on its website. ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION The information with respect to executive compensation required to be included pursuant to this Item 11 is included under the caption "Executive Compensation" in the 2005 Proxy Statement and is incorporated in this Item 11 by reference. ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT The information regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management that is required to be included pursuant to this Item 12 is included under the caption "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management" in the 2005 Proxy Statement and is incorporated in this Item 12 by reference. EQUITY COMPENSATION PLANS The Equity Compensation Plan Table below presents information regarding the Company's equity compensation plans at December 31, 2004:

(A) (B) (C) -------------------- ----------------- ------------------------ NUMBER OF SECURITIES REMAINING AVAILABLE NUMBER OF SECURITIES WEIGHTED-AVERAGE FOR FUTURE ISSUANCE TO BE ISSUED UPON EXERCISE PRICE OF UNDER EQUITY EXERCISE OF OUTSTANDING COMPENSATION PLANS OUTSTANDING OPTIONS, OPTIONS, WARRANTS (EXCLUDING SECURITIES PLAN CATEGORY WARRANTS AND RIGHTS AND RIGHTS REFLECTED IN COLUMN (A)) - ------------- -------------------- ----------------- ------------------------ Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders.......................... 12,584,584 $33.42 5,135,186 Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders....................... -- -- -- Total................................... 12,584,584 $33.42 5,135,186
The Company has three compensation plans under which equity securities of the Company have been authorized for issuance and have been issued to employees and to non-employee directors. These plans are described below. The table above does not reflect shares eligible for issuance under the 2005 Equity and Cash Incentive Plan, which became effective on February 1, 2005, or under the 1996 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Compensation Plan, which does not specify a maximum number of shares issuable under it. The 1995 Incentive Stock Option Plan and 1995 Cash Performance Program The Company's 1995 Incentive Stock Option Plan and 1995 Cash Performance Program (the "1995 Plan"), adopted in 1995 (replacing the 1984 Plan which expired in January 1995), provided for stock options, restricted stock awards and cash performance awards. The 1995 Plan expired in January 2005, but the options listed in Column A of the table above remain outstanding under it. The 1995 Plan was intended to promote the medium-term and long-term success of Dover by providing salaried officers and other key employees of Dover and its subsidiaries with medium-range and long-range inducements to remain with Dover and to encourage them to increase their efforts to make Dover successful. Options granted under the 1995 Plans were all designated as non-qualified stock options. The exercise price of options is the fair market value on the date of grant as determined in good faith by the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee determines the term of each option but in no event may an option become exercisable sooner than the third anniversary of its grant date or be exercised 86

more than 10 years following the grant date. No more than 600,000 shares may be granted to a single participant in any one year. Options granted under this plan may not be sold, transferred, hypothecated, pledged or otherwise disposed of by any of the holders except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution except that a holder may transfer any non-qualified option granted under this plan to members of the holder's immediate family, or to one or more trusts for the benefit of such family members provided that the holder does not receive any consideration for the transfer. The information above summarizes the material aspects of the 1995 Plan. The rights and obligations of participants are determined by the provisions of the plan document itself. The 2005 Equity and Cash Incentive Plan The Company's 2005 Equity and Cash Incentive Plan (the "2005 Plan") was approved by the shareholders of the Company on April 20, 2004. The 2005 Plan became effective on February 1, 2005, and replaced the 1995 Plan, which expired on January 30, 2005, and is intended to allow the Company to continue to provide to key personnel the types of rewards available under the 1995 Plan. Participation in the 2005 Plan is limited to a group of salaried officers and other key employees of Dover and its subsidiaries who are in a position to affect materially the profitability and growth of the Company and its subsidiaries and on whom major responsibility rests for the present and future success of the Company. The Board of Directors and management believe that the 2005 Plan will provide these key employees with medium-range and long-range inducements to remain with Dover and to encourage them to increase their efforts to make Dover and its subsidiaries successful. The 2005 Plan provides for stock option grants, and restricted stock and cash incentive awards. Options granted under the 2005 Plan may be either non-qualified stock options or incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code. Options will have a term not exceeding ten years and will become exercisable after not less than three years. The option exercise price will be fixed by the Compensation Committee and may be equal to or more than (but not less than) the "fair market value" of such shares on the date the option is granted. No single recipient may be granted options for more than 600,000 shares in any year. Generally, stock options are not transferable, except for non-qualified options which may be transferred to members of the holder's immediate family (or a trust for the benefit of one or more of such family members), except that such transferred options cannot be further transferred by the transferee during the transferee's lifetime. The information above summarizes material aspects of the 2005 Plan. The rights and obligations of participants are determined by the provisions of the plan document itself. The 1996 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Compensation Plan The Dover Corporation 1996 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Compensation Plan (the "Directors' Plan"), provides the primary compensation to non-employee directors of the Company for their service as directors. Through the end of 2002, non-employee directors were granted 2,000 shares of the Company's common stock per year (adjusted for stock splits). If any director served for less than a full calendar year, the number of shares granted to that director for the year was adjusted pro rata, based on the number of calendar quarters for such year for which he or she served as a director. The Directors' Plan was amended effective January 1, 2003, as approved by the stockholders. As amended, it provides for different levels of stock grants in 2003 and beyond. Directors receive annual compensation in an amount set from time to time by the Board, payable partly in cash and partly in common stock, subject to adjustment by the Board of Directors of the compensation amount and allocation, and the Directors' Plan's limitations on the maximum number of shares that may be granted to any Director. Annual compensation for 2004 was $90,000, payable 25% in cash and 75% in common stock, and was paid by $22,500 in cash and 1,628 shares, based on the fair market value of common stock on November 15, 2004. On November 4, 2004, the Board of Directors approved the recommendations of its Compensation Committee to (1) increase the annual compensation of non-employee directors from $90,000 to $120,000, effective January 1, 2005 and (2) decrease the percentage of such compensation paid in stock from 75% to 60%, with a corresponding increase in the amount of such compensation paid in cash from 25% to 40%. If any Director serves for less than a full calendar year, the Compensation Committee will prorate the Director's compensation for the year (including the number of 87

shares to be granted) as the Committee deems appropriate. The shares granted under the Directors' Plan may be treasury shares or newly issued shares, but in either case they will be listed on the New York Stock Exchange. The information above summarizes the material aspects of the Directors' Plan. The rights and obligations of participants are determined by the provisions of the plan document itself. ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS The information with respect to any reportable transaction, business relationship or indebtedness between the Company and the beneficial owners of more than 5% of the Common Stock, the directors or nominees for director of the Company, the executive officers of the Company or the members of the immediate families of such individuals that is required to be included pursuant to this Item 13 is included under the caption "1. Election of Directors -- Directors' Compensation" in the 2005 Proxy Statement and is incorporated in this Item 13 by reference. ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES The information set forth under the caption "Relationship with Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm" in the 2005 Proxy Statement is incorporated in this Item 14 by reference. PART IV ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES (a)(1) Financial Statements Financial Statements covered by the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm: (A) Consolidated Statements of Earnings (Losses) for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002. (B) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2004 and 2003. (C) Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity and Comprehensive Earnings (Losses), for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, 2002. (D) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002. (E) Notes to consolidated financial statements. (2) Financial Statement Schedule The following financial statement schedule is included in Item No. 8 of this report on Form 10-K: Schedule II -- Valuation and Qualifying Accounts All other schedules are not required and have been omitted. (3) Not covered by the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm: Quarterly financial data (unaudited) (4) See (b) below. 88

(b) Exhibits:

(3)(i) Restated Certificate of Incorporation, filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Period Ended June 30, 1998 (SEC File No. 001-04018), is incorporated by reference. (3)(ii) Certificate of Correction to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated as of January 24, 2003, filed as Exhibit 3(i) to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 28, 2003 (SEC File No. 001-04018), is incorporated by reference. (3)(iii) By-Laws of the Company, filed as Exhibit 3(ii) to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Period Ended September 30, 2004 (SEC File No. 001-04018), are incorporated by reference. (4.1) Amended and Restated Rights Agreement, dated as of November 15, 1996, between Dover Corporation and Harris Trust Company of New York, filed as Exhibit 1 to Form 8-A/A dated November 15, 1996 (SEC File No. 001-04018), is incorporated by reference. (4.2) Indenture, dated as of June 8, 1998 between Dover Corporation and The First National Bank Chicago, as Trustee, filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 12, 1998 (SEC File No. 001-04018), is incorporated by reference. (4.3) Form of 6.25% Note due June 1, 2008 ($150,000,000 aggregate principal amount), filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 12, 1998 (SEC File No. 001-04018), is incorporated by reference (4.4) Form of 6.65% Note due June 1, 2028 ($200,000,000 aggregate principal amount), filed as Exhibit 4.4 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 12, 1998 (SEC File No. 001-04018), is incorporated by reference. (4.5) Form of Indenture, dated as of November 14, 1995 between the Company and The First National Bank of Chicago, as Trustee, relating to the 6.45% Notes due November 15, 2005 (including the form of the note), filed as Exhibit 4 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (SEC File No. 33-63713), is incorporated by reference. (4.6) Form of 6.50% Notes due February 15, 2011 ($400,000,000 aggregate principal amount), filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the Company's current report on Form 8-K filed February 12, 2001 (SEC File No. 001-04018), is incorporated by reference. (4.7) Indenture, dated as of February 8, 2001 between the Company and BankOne Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's current report on Form 8-K filed February 12, 2001 (SEC File No. 001-04018), is incorporated by reference. (4.8) Officers' certificate, dated February 12, 2001, pursuant to Section 301 of the Indenture, dated as of February 8, 2001 between the Company and BankOne Trust Company N.A., as trustee, filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company's current report on Form 8-K filed February 12, 2001 (SEC File No. 001-04018), is incorporated by reference. The Company agrees to furnish to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request, a copy of any instrument with respect to long-term debt under which the total amount of securities authorized does not exceed 10 percent of the total consolidated assets of the Company. (10.1) Employee Savings and Investment Plan, filed as Exhibit 99 to Registration Statement on Form S-8 (SEC File No. 33-01419), is incorporated by reference.* (10.2) Amended and Restated 1996 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Compensation Plan (Revised through January 1, 2005).* (10.3) Executive Officer Annual Incentive Plan, included as Exhibit A to the Proxy Statement, dated March 17, 2003 (SEC File No. 001-04018), is incorporated by reference.* (10.4) Form of Executive Severance Agreement, filed as Exhibit 10.6 to Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 1998 (SEC File No. 001-04018), is incorporated by reference.* (10.5) 1995 Incentive Stock Option Plan and 1995 Cash Performance Program, as amended May 6, 2004.* (10.6) Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended as of December 31, 2001, filed as Exhibit 10 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 28, 2002 (SEC File No. 001-04018), is incorporated by reference.*
89

(10.7) 2005 Equity and Cash Incentive Plan, included as Exhibit B to the Proxy Statement dated March 10, 2004 (SEC File No. 001-04018), is incorporated by reference.* (10.8) Form of award grant letters for grants made under 2005 Equity and Cash Incentive Plan.* (10.9) US $600,000,000 Five-Year Credit Agreement dated as of September 8, 2004, filed as Exhibit 99.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 14, 2004 (SEC File No. 001-04018), is incorporated by reference. (10.10) Consulting agreement dated December 8, 2004, between Dover Corporation and Jerry W. Yochum. (10.11) Summary of arrangement effective January 1, 2005, between Dover Corporation and Thomas L. Reece. (10.12) Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (Revised through October 13, 2004).* (14) Dover Corporation Code of Ethics for Chief Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers, filed as Exhibit 14 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 2003 (SEC File No. 001-04018) is incorporated by reference. (18) Letter of Preferability regarding a change in accounting principle, filed as Exhibit 18 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 2003 (SEC File No. 001-04018) is incorporated by reference. (21) Subsidiaries of Dover. (23.1) Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. (24) Power of Attorney (included in signature page). (31.1) Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, signed and dated by Robert G. Kuhbach. (31.2) Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, signed and dated by Ronald L. Hoffman. (32) Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted, pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections(a) and(b) of section 1350, chapter 63 of title 18, United States Code), signed and dated by Robert G. Kuhbach and Ronald L. Hoffman.
- --------------- * Executive compensation plan or arrangement. (d) Not applicable. 90

SIGNATURES Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized. DOVER CORPORATION By: /s/ RONALD L. HOFFMAN ------------------------------------ Ronald L. Hoffman President and Chief Executive Officer Date: March 14, 2005 Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated. Each of the undersigned, being a director or officer of Dover Corporation (the "Company"), hereby constitutes and appoints Ronald L. Hoffman, Robert G. Kuhbach and Joseph W. Schmidt, and each of them (with full power to each of them to act alone), his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead in any and all capacities, to sign the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any and all amendments thereto, and to file the same with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith with the Securities and Exchange Commission and any other appropriate authority, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing required and necessary to be done in and about the premises in order to effectuate the same as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do if personally present, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

SIGNATURE TITLE DATE --------- ----- ---- /s/ THOMAS L. REECE Chairman, Board of Directors March 14, 2005 ------------------------------------------------ Thomas L. Reece /s/ RONALD L. HOFFMAN Chief Executive Officer, President March 14, 2005 ------------------------------------------------ and Director Ronald L. Hoffman (Principal Executive Officer) /s/ ROBERT G. KUHBACH Vice President, Finance and Chief March 14, 2005 ------------------------------------------------ Financial Officer and Treasurer Robert G. Kuhbach (Principal Financial Officer) /s/ RAYMOND T. MCKAY, JR. Vice President, Controller March 14, 2005 ------------------------------------------------ (Principal Accounting Officer) Raymond T. McKay, Jr. /s/ DAVID H. BENSON Director March 14, 2005 ------------------------------------------------ David H. Benson /s/ ROBERT W. CREMIN Director March 14, 2005 ------------------------------------------------ Robert W. Cremin
91

SIGNATURE TITLE DATE --------- ----- ---- /s/ JEAN-PIERRE M. ERGAS Director March 14, 2005 ------------------------------------------------ Jean-Pierre M. Ergas /s/ KRISTIANE C. GRAHAM Director March 14, 2005 ------------------------------------------------ Kristiane C. Graham /s/ JAMES L. KOLEY Director March 14, 2005 ------------------------------------------------ James L. Koley /s/ RICHARD K. LOCHRIDGE Director March 14, 2005 ------------------------------------------------ Richard K. Lochridge /s/ BERNARD G. RETHORE Director March 14, 2005 ------------------------------------------------ Bernard G. Rethore /s/ GARY L. ROUBOS Director March 14, 2005 ------------------------------------------------ Gary L. Roubos /s/ MICHAEL B. STUBBS Director March 14, 2005 ------------------------------------------------ Michael B. Stubbs /s/ MARY A. WINSTON Director March 14, 2005 ------------------------------------------------ Mary A. Winston
92

EXHIBIT INDEX

(3)(i) Restated Certificate of Incorporation, filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Period Ended June 30, 1998 (SEC File No. 001-04018), is incorporated by reference. (3)(ii) Certificate of Correction to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated as of January 24, 2003, filed as Exhibit 3(i) to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 28, 2003 (SEC File No. 001-04018), is incorporated by reference. (3)(iii) By-Laws of the Company, filed as Exhibit 3(ii) to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Period Ended September 30, 2004 (SEC File No. 001-04018), are incorporated by reference. (4.1) Amended and Restated Rights Agreement, dated as of November 15, 1996, between Dover Corporation and Harris Trust Company of New York, filed as Exhibit 1 to Form 8-A/A dated November 15, 1996 (SEC File No. 001-04018), is incorporated by reference. (4.2) Indenture, dated as of June 8, 1998 between Dover Corporation and The First National Bank Chicago, as Trustee, filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 12, 1998 (SEC File No. 001-04018), is incorporated by reference. (4.3) Form of 6.25% Note due June 1, 2008 ($150,000,000 aggregate principal amount), filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 12, 1998 (SEC File No. 001-04018), is incorporated by reference. (4.4) Form of 6.65% Note due June 1, 2028 ($200,000,000 aggregate principal amount), filed as Exhibit 4.4 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 12, 1998 (SEC File No. 001-04018), is incorporated by reference. (4.5) Form of Indenture, dated as of November 14, 1995 between the Company and The First National Bank of Chicago, as Trustee, relating to the 6.45% Notes due November 15, 2005 (including the form of the note), filed as Exhibit 4 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (SEC File No. 33-63713), is incorporated by reference. (4.6) Form of 6.50% Notes due February 15, 2011 ($400,000,000 aggregate principal amount), filed as Exhibit 4.3 to the Company's current report on Form 8-K filed February 12, 2001 (SEC File No. 001-04018), is incorporated by reference. (4.7) Indenture, dated as of February 8, 2001 between the Company and BankOne Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's current report on Form 8-K filed February 12, 2001 (SEC File No. 001-04018), is incorporated by reference. (4.8) Officers' certificate, dated February 12, 2001, pursuant to Section 301 of the Indenture, dated as of February 8, 2001 between the Company and BankOne Trust Company N.A., as trustee, filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company's current report on Form 8-K filed February 12, 2001 (SEC File No. 001-04018), is incorporated by reference. The Company agrees to furnish to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request, a copy of any instrument with respect to long-term debt under which the total amount of securities authorized does not exceed 10 percent of the total consolidated assets of the Company. (10.1) Employee Savings and Investment Plan, filed as Exhibit 99 to Registration Statement on Form S-8 (SEC File No. 33-01419), is incorporated by reference.* (10.2) Amended and Restated 1996 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Compensation Plan (Revised through January 1, 2005).* (10.3) Executive Officer Annual Incentive Plan, included as Exhibit A to the Proxy Statement, dated March 17, 2003 (SEC File No. 001-04018), is incorporated by reference.* (10.4) Form of Executive Severance Agreement, filed as Exhibit 10.6 to Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 1998 (SEC File No. 001-04018), is incorporated by reference.* (10.5) 1995 Incentive Stock Option Plan and 1995 Cash Performance Program, as amended May 6, 2004.* (10.6) Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended as of December 31, 2001, filed as Exhibit 10 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 28, 2002 (SEC File No. 001-04018), is incorporated by reference.* (10.7) 2005 Equity and Cash Incentive Plan, included as Exhibit B to the Proxy Statement dated March 10, 2004 (SEC File No. 001-04018), is incorporated by reference.*

..8) (10 Form of award grant letters for grants made under 2005 Equity and Cash Incentive Plan.* (10.9) US $600,000,000 Five-Year Credit Agreement dated as of September 8, 2004, filed as Exhibit 99.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 14, 2004 (SEC File No. 001-04018), is incorporated by reference. (10.10) Consulting agreement dated December 8, 2004, between Dover Corporation and Jerry W. Yochum. (10.11) Summary of arrangement effective January 1, 2005, between Dover Corporation and Thomas L. Reece. (10.12) Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (Revised through October 13, 2004).* (14) Dover Corporation Code of Ethics for Chief Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers, filed as Exhibit 14 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 2003 (SEC File No. 001-04018) is incorporated by reference. (18) Letter of Preferability regarding a change in accounting principle, filed as Exhibit 18 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended December 31, 2003 (SEC File No. 001-04018) is incorporated by reference. (21) Subsidiaries of Dover. (23.1) Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. (24) Power of Attorney (included in signature page). (31.1) Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, signed and dated by Robert G. Kuhbach. (31.2) Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, signed and dated by Ronald L. Hoffman. (32) Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted, pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections(a) and(b) of section 1350, chapter 63 of title 18, United States Code), signed and dated by Robert G. Kuhbach and Ronald L. Hoffman.
- --------------- * Executive compensation plan or arrangement. (d) Not applicable.

EXHIBIT 10.2 AMENDED AND RESTATED DOVER CORPORATION 1996 NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS' STOCK COMPENSATION PLAN (REVISED THROUGH JANUARY 1, 2005) 1. PURPOSE The purpose of the Dover Corporation 1996 Non-Employee Directors' Stock Compensation Plan (the "ORIGINAL PLAN") as amended and restated as of January 1, 2003 (the "PLAN") is to promote the interests of Dover Corporation (the "COMPANY") and its stockholders by attracting and retaining non-employee Directors capable of furthering the future success of the Company and by aligning their economic interests more closely with those of the Company's stockholders. 2. DEFINITIONS "BOARD OF DIRECTORS" means the Board of Directors of the Company. "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations thereunder. References to any provision of the Code or rule or regulation thereunder shall be deemed to include any amended or successor provision, rule or regulation. "DIRECTOR" means a member of the Board of Directors. "EXCHANGE" means the New York Stock Exchange or any other national securities exchange which then constitutes the principal trading market for the Shares. "GRANTEE" means any person who has been granted Shares under Section 4. "RULE 16B-3" means Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and any replacement or substitute therefor. "SHARE" means a share of common stock of the Company and such other securities as may be substituted for a Share or such other securities pursuant to the adjustment provisions of Section 5. 3. EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM OF THE PLAN The Original Plan became effective as of January 1, 1996 pursuant to approval by the Company's stockholders at the annual meeting of the Company's stockholders held on April 30, 1996. The Original Plan was amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2003 pursuant to approval by the Company's stockholders at the annual meeting of the Company's stockholders held on April 22, 2003. The term during which Shares may be granted under the Plan shall expire on December 31, 2012.

4. GRANTS OF SHARES The Board of Directors determines the compensation to be paid to persons for serving as a Director. The Board of Directors has currently determined that 60% of annual non-employee Director compensation should be paid in the form of Shares pursuant to this Plan, although the Board of Directors may change such percentage without stockholder approval. Each person who (i) serves as a Director during any calendar year during the term of the Plan and (ii) is not then, and has not been for a period of at least six months prior to the later of the beginning of such calendar year and the date on which such Person became a director, an employee of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company shall be eligible to receive Shares under this Plan as compensation for services performed as a Director during each such calendar year. The number of Shares to be granted as compensation to any Director shall be determined by dividing the dollar amount of such compensation to be paid in Shares by the fair market value of a Share on the date of grant, provided that the number of Shares granted to any Director for any calendar year shall not exceed 10,000. Such fair market value shall be determined in good faith by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors on the basis of such considerations as the Compensation Committee deems appropriate from time to time, including, but not limited to, such factors as the closing price for a Share on the Exchange on the date of grant, the average of the closing bid and asked prices for a Share on the Exchange on the date of grant, or the average of the high and low sales prices of a Share on the Exchange on the date of grant. The Compensation Committee shall be authorized, in its discretion, to round the fair market value of a Share to the nearest whole number or a quarterly fraction thereof. Persons who are Directors in any calendar year shall be granted Shares on November 15 of such calendar year (or if such November 15 is not a trading day on the Exchange, the next such trading day). Any person who serves as a Director during any such calendar year but ceases to be a Director prior to November 15 of such year shall be granted Shares as of the date he or she ceases to be a Director (or if such date is not a trading day on the Exchange, the next such trading day), provided that the Board of Directors may decide that any Director removed for cause at any time during any calendar year shall forfeit any Shares for such calendar year. The number of Shares to be granted to any Director for any calendar year for less than all of which he or she serves as a Director shall be prorated as deemed appropriate by the Compensation Committee. There shall be no fractional Shares issued under this Plan; the number of Shares granted at any time to any Grantee shall be rounded to the nearest whole Share. Certificates for Shares granted under the Plan shall be delivered on the date of grant or as soon thereafter as reasonably practicable, provided that the number of Shares for which certificates shall be delivered to each non-US resident Grantee shall be automatically reduced by 30% to provide for the Federal estimated income and/or withholding tax payment obligations of the Grantee (unless the Company reasonably believes that such Grantee is not subject to U.S. income taxes or that the Company is not required to withhold such taxes), with the Company remitting to the appropriate tax authorities the fair market value of the Shares for which certificates are not so delivered. US resident Grantees may elect to have Shares withheld to provide for the estimated income tax payment obligations of such Grantees. The Shares granted under the Plan may be treasury shares or newly-issued shares. The obligation of the Company to deliver Shares shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and 2

regulations, and to such approvals by governmental agencies as may be deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company, including, among others, such steps as counsel for the Company shall deem necessary or appropriate to comply with requirements of relevant securities laws. This obligation shall also be subject to the condition that any Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan shall have been duly listed on any national securities exchange which then constitutes the principal trading market for the Shares. 5. ADJUSTMENTS The method of determining the number and kind of Shares to be granted, and the limit on the number of Shares that maybe granted, to each Grantee under Section 4 of the Plan shall be automatically adjusted to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights of Grantees in the event of any changes in the number or kind of outstanding Shares resulting from a merger, recapitalization, stock exchange, stock split, stock dividend, other extraordinary dividend or distribution, corporate division or other change in the Company's corporate or capital structure. 6. AMENDMENT, SUSPENSION AND DISCONTINUANCE The Board of Directors may at any time amend, suspend or discontinue the Plan, provided that (i) the maximum number of Shares that may be granted to any Director for any calendar year shall not be increased above 10,000 (except pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan) without stockholder approval, and (ii) if stockholder approval of such action is necessary in order to ensure compliance with any applicable rule or regulation put into effect by the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Exchange, such action shall be subject to approval by the holders of the Shares by the vote and in the manner required by such rule or regulation. 7. COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 16b-3 The Company intends that the Plan and all transactions hereunder meet all of the requirements of Rule 16b-3, and that any Grantee shall not, as a result of any grant hereunder, lose his or her status as a "Non-Employee Director" as defined in Rule 16b-3. Accordingly, if any provision of the Plan does not meet a requirement of Rule 16b-3 as then applicable to any such transaction, or would cause a Grantee not to be a "Non-Employee Director," such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to the extent necessary to meet such requirement and to preserve such status. 8. GOVERNING LAW The Plan shall be applied and construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of Delaware and applicable Federal law. 3

EXHIBIT 10.5 DOVER CORPORATION 1995 INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION PLAN AND 1995 CASH PERFORMANCE PROGRAM (AS AMENDED MAY 6, 2004) A. PURPOSE AND SCOPE OF PLAN AND PROGRAM 1. Purpose. The 1995 Incentive Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") and 1995 Cash Performance Program (the "Program") are intended to promote the long-term success of Dover Corporation by providing salaried officers and other key employees of Dover Corporation and its subsidiaries, on whom major responsibility for the present and future success of Dover Corporation rests, with a long-range inducement to remain with the organization and to encourage them to increase their efforts to make Dover Corporation successful. The term "Corporation" shall mean Dover Corporation and any present or future corporation which is or would be a "subsidiary corporation" of Dover Corporation as defined in Section 424 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), unless the context requires otherwise. 2. Successor Plan and Program. The Plan and the Program are successors to the 1984 Incentive Stock Option Plan and Cash Performance Program (hereinafter the "Predecessor Plans"). No further grants of options or incentive awards may be made under the Predecessor Plans. Options and incentive awards under the Predecessor Plans shall be administered pursuant to the provisions of those respective Plans. 3. Administration. The Plan and the Program shall be administered and interpreted by the Compensation Committee (or such other Committee of the Board of Directors as the Board may designate if there is no Compensation Committee; hereinafter the "Committee"), consisting of not less than three persons appointed by the Board of Directors of the Corporation from among its members. A person may serve as a Committee member provided he or she shall comply in all respects with any qualifications required by law, including specifically being a "disinterested person" for purposes of the rules promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and an "outside director" for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code. The Committee will have sole and complete authority to administer all aspects of the Plan and the Program, including but not limited to: (a) determining the individuals eligible to receive options and restricted stock under the Plan and/or to participate in the Program; (b) granting options, restricted stock and participations; (c) determining the number of options and the amount of restricted stock and participations to be granted to any such eligible individuals at any time or from time to time; (d) determining the terms and conditions under which grants and participations will be made; and (e) determining whether objectives and conditions for performance bonuses have been met. The Committee may, subject to the provisions of the Plan and Program, from time to time establish such rules and regulations as it deems appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan and the Program. The Committee's decisions shall be final, conclusive and binding with respect to the interpretation and administration of the Plan and the Program and any grants or awards made thereunder.

4. Eligibility. Grants may be made to any employee of the Corporation who is a salaried officer or other key employee, including salaried members of the Board of Directors (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "participants"). The Committee shall select the participants eligible and determine the terms of the grants and participations to each. 5. Shares Available for Grant. 20,000,000 shares of Common Stock of Dover Corporation (the "Common Stock") will be reserved for issuance upon exercise of options to purchase Common Stock granted under the Plan, which options may be granted at any time prior to January 30, 2005, and for awards of restricted stock. These maximum numbers are subject to appropriate adjustment resulting from future stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations, reorganizations and other similar changes to be computed in the same manner as that provided for in Paragraph 14 below. If any option or award of restricted stock granted under the Plan expires, terminates or is canceled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the number of unpurchased shares under such option or restricted stock under such award will again be available for the purpose of the Plan. B. STOCK OPTION AWARDS 6. Stock Options. Options granted under the terms of this Plan shall be designated as either "non-qualified" stock options or "incentive" stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Committee may from time to time determine, subject to the following limitations: (a) Option Price. The fair market value of a share of Common Stock on the date the option is granted shall be determined in good faith by the Committee on the basis of such considerations as the Committee deems appropriate from time to time, including, but not limited to, such factors as the closing price for a share of Common Stock on such day (or, if such day is not a trading day, on the next trading day) on the New York Stock Exchange (the "Exchange"), the average of the closing bid and asked prices for a share of Common Stock on the Exchange on the date the option is granted by the Committee or the average of the high and low sales price of a share of Common Stock on the Exchange on the date the option is granted by the Committee. The Committee shall be authorized, in its discretion, to round the fair market value of a share of Common Stock to the nearest whole number or quarterly fraction thereof. (b) Option Exercise Period. The term of each option will be for such period as the Committee may determine, but in no event may an option be exercised more than 10 years following the granting thereof. (c) Rights of Option Holder. A recipient of stock options shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares issuable or transferable upon exercise thereof until the date of issuance of a stock certificate for such shares. Except as specifically set forth in Paragraph 14 below, no adjustment shall be made for dividends or other distributions of cash or other property on or with respect to shares of stock covered by these options paid or payable to holders of record prior to such issuance. (d) Limits on Individuals. Options on a maximum number of 600,000 shares may be granted each year to a single participant. The aggregate fair market value (determined on the date of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which a participant is granted incentive stock 2

options (including incentive stock options granted under any Predecessor Plan) which first become exercisable during any given calendar year shall not exceed $100,000. 7. Exercise of Option. Stock options may be exercised at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine and are specified in the option instrument, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan; provided, however, that except as set forth in Paragraphs 11 and 14, no option may be exercised prior to the third anniversary of such Option grant and any partial exercise of an option shall be for not less than 500 shares. To exercise an option, the option holder must give written notice to the Corporation of the number of shares to be purchased accompanied by payment of the full purchase price of such shares as set forth in Paragraph 8. The date of actual receipt by the Corporation of such notice and payment shall be deemed the date of exercise of the option with respect to the shares being purchased and the stock certificates therefor shall be issued as soon as practicable thereafter. The shares to be issued upon exercise of an option will be either treasury or authorized and unissued stock, in the sole discretion of the Corporation. 8. Payment. Payment of the option exercise price must be made in full at the time of exercise (a) by check made payable to the Corporation, (b) if available, through the Loan Program (as hereinafter described), (c) by transfer to the Corporation of shares of Common Stock owned by the participant or (d) with a combination of the foregoing. If payment is made by the transfer of shares, the value per share of the shares so transferred to the Corporation to be credited toward the purchase price will be the average between the high and the low sales price per share of Common Stock on the Exchange on the date the option is exercised or, if no sales have occurred on that date, such value will be the closing price per share on the Exchange on the next trading day following the exercise of the option. The shares transferred to Dover will be added to the Corporation's treasury shares or canceled and become authorized and unissued shares. 9. Option Transfers. The options granted under the Plan may not be sold, transferred, hypothecated, pledged or otherwise disposed of by any of the holders except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, or as otherwise provided herein. The option of any person to acquire stock and all rights thereunder shall terminate immediately if the holder attempts to or does sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of the option or any rights thereunder to any other person except as permitted herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a participant may transfer any non-qualified option granted under this Plan to members of the holder's immediate family (defined as a spouse, children and/or grandchildren), or to one or more trusts for the benefit of such family members if the instrument evidencing such option expressly so provides and the option holder does not receive any consideration for the transfer; provided that any such transferred option shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions that were applicable to such option immediately prior to its transfer (except that such transferred option shall not be further transferred by the transferee during the transferee's lifetime). 10. Registration. The Corporation will stamp stock certificates delivered to the stockholder with an appropriate legend if the shares are not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), or are otherwise not free to be transferred by the holder and will issue appropriate stop-order instructions to the transfer agent for the Common Stock, if and to the extent such stamping or instructions may then be required by the Act or by any rule or regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission issued pursuant to the Act. 3

11. Effect of Death, or Permanent Disability or Retirement. If an option holder dies or becomes permanently disabled while employed by the Corporation, all options held by such option holder shall become immediately exercisable and the option holder or such holder's estate or the legatees or distributees of such holder's estate or of the option, as the case may be, shall have the right, on or before the earlier of the respective expiration date of an option or sixty (60) months following the date of such death or permanent disability, to exercise any and all options held by such option holder as of such date of death or permanent disability. If an option holder retires at or after age 65 (or at an earlier retirement date approved by the Committee and subject to the provisions of Paragraph 37 below), the option holder shall have the right, on or before the earlier of the expiration date of the option or sixty (60) months following the date of such retirement, to purchase shares under any options which at retirement are, or within sixty (60) months following retirement would become, exercisable. 12. Voluntary or Involuntary Termination. If any option holder's employment with the Corporation is voluntarily or involuntarily terminated for any reason, other than for reasons specified above or for "cause" (as defined below), the option holder shall have the right to purchase under the option the number of shares, if any, which such holder was entitled to purchase at the time of such termination at any time on or before the earlier of three (3) months following the effective date of such termination of employment or the expiration date of the option. 13. Termination for Cause. If an option holder's employment with the Corporation is terminated for cause (defined as (a) a felony conviction of the option holder; (b) the commission by the option holder of an act of fraud or embezzlement against the Corporation; or (c) the option holder's willful misconduct or gross negligence materially detrimental to the Corporation), the option shall be canceled and the holder shall have no further rights to exercise any such option and all of such holder's rights thereunder shall terminate as of the effective date of termination of employment. 14. Effect of Stock Dividends, Merger, Recapitalization or Reorganization or Similar Events. If any Common Stock dividend is paid by the Corporation, if any non-cash distribution is made by the Corporation as respects its Common Stock, if the shares of Common Stock are split or reclassified, if the Corporation should be reorganized or consolidated or merged with or into another corporation, or if all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation are transferred to any other corporation in a reorganization, each option holder shall be entitled, upon exercise of such holder's option, to receive for the same aggregate exercise price the same number and kind of shares of stock (to the nearest whole number) as he or she would have been entitled to receive upon the happening of such stock dividend, distribution, stock split, reclassification, reorganization, consolidation, merger or transfer, if he or she had been, immediately prior to such event, the holder of such shares. Outstanding options shall be appropriately amended as to price and other terms in a manner consistent with the aforementioned adjustment to the shares of Common Stock subject to the Plan. The Board of Directors shall have the power, in the event of any disposition of substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, its dissolution, any merger or consolidation, or the merger or consolidation of any other corporation into the Corporation, to amend all outstanding options to permit their exercise prior to the effectiveness of any such transaction and to terminate such options as of such effectiveness. If the Board of Directors shall exercise such power, all options outstanding shall be deemed to have been amended to permit the exercise thereof in whole or in part by the holder at any time or from time to time as determined by the Board of Directors prior to the 4

effectiveness of such transaction and such options shall be deemed to terminate upon such effectiveness. 15. Loan Program. Except in unusual circumstances, it is the Corporation's expectation that shares acquired through the exercise of options are to be held by participants for the duration of their employment with the Corporation. In order to help participants finance the exercise of their options and resulting income taxes, if any, the Corporation may provide for loans to Plan participants at any time and from time to time after May 1, 1995. If established by the Board, any loan program will be administered by the Committee and may apply to all existing unexercised options, with the exception of incentive options, and/or all future option grants, as the Committee shall decide. The terms of any loans shall be specified by the Committee, as they may deem appropriate, provided that the following terms shall apply: (a) The maximum amount of any loan cannot be greater than the option exercise price of the acquired stock, together with the amount of any taxes due as a result of such exercise, and in any event cannot exceed the fair market value of the acquired stock. In the event the participant chooses to satisfy all or a portion of the option exercise price by surrender, at fair market value, of other Common Stock already owned by the participant, the maximum amount of the loan will be reduced by the value of the stock surrendered. (b) Loans will be evidenced by promissory notes having a term of not more than ten (10) years, which notes shall be subject to further extension for additional periods of time not exceeding ten (10) years at each such extension. Prepayment of loan principal may not be required during the participant's employment with the Corporation and/or subsidiaries. Repayment in full must be made within one (1) month of termination of employment; however, this period is extended to six (6) months if employment ceases due to death, permanent disability or retirement. Loan prepayment may be made by the participant at the participant's discretion but, once reduced, the loan may not be subsequently increased. (c) The Corporation shall have the right to hold as collateral all stock acquired under a particular option instrument, regardless of the amount of the loan, until the loan is fully repaid. Such stock will be registered in the participant's name (or such other name as the Plan permits) so that the participant may vote the stock and receive the dividends applicable thereto, provided the loan is current. (d) The participant will be responsible for the full repayment of the loan, regardless of the value of the stock. However, no additional collateral for the loan will be required regardless of the fair market value of the stock. (e) Interest on the loan balance will be due quarterly, in arrears, and will be at a sufficient rate so as not to result in any imputed income to the participant under the terms of the Code. 16. Change of Control. Options and grantees of options shall be subject to the terms of Paragraph 36 below related to a change of control of the Corporation. 5

C. RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS 17. Grant. Subject to the provisions and as part of the Plan, the Committee shall have sole and complete discretion and authority to determine the eligible persons who shall receive shares of Common Stock which are subject to certain forfeiture restrictions during the restriction period and subject to the terms of the Plan ("restricted stock"). Awards of restricted stock shall contain such terms and conditions as the Committee may from time to time determine, subject to the following limitations. 18. Term of Restriction Period. The Committee may adopt such vesting schedules, not longer than five (5) years from the date of the award, as it may deem appropriate with respect to awards of restricted stock and may condition the lapse of the restrictions applicable to an award upon the attainment by the Corporation or any subsidiary or division or by the participant of any performance objectives set by the Committee. 19. Issuance of Shares. Certificates issued for restricted stock shall be registered in the name of the participant and deposited by the participant with the Secretary of the Corporation, together with a stock power endorsed in blank. Upon lapse of the applicable restriction period, the Corporation shall deliver such certificates to the participant. In the event that the shares of restricted stock are forfeited, such shares automatically shall be transferred back to the Corporation. The Corporation will stamp the stock certificates delivered to the participant with an appropriate legend if the shares are not registered under the Act, or are otherwise not free to be transferred by the participant and will issue appropriate stop-order instructions to the transfer agent for the Common Stock, if and to the extent such stamping or instructions may then be required by the Act or by any rule or regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission issued pursuant to the Act. 20. Dividends and Voting Rights. In the discretion of the Committee, dividends which become payable with respect to restricted stock during the restriction period will be reinvested in additional shares of restricted stock for the account of the award recipient, accumulated for later distribution to vested participants, or distributed to the award recipient as paid. An employee who receives an award of restricted stock may also in the discretion of the Committee be entitled, during the restriction period, to exercise voting rights with respect to such restricted stock. 21. Nontransferability. Shares of restricted stock may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered and shall not be subject to execution, attachment, garnishment or other similar legal process, except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement. Upon any attempt to sell, transfer, assign, pledge, or otherwise encumber or dispose of the restricted stock contrary to the provisions of the award agreement or the Plan, the restricted stock shall immediately be forfeited to the Corporation. 22. Termination of Employment. In the case of a participant's permanent disability, death, termination of employment by the Corporation other than for cause (as defined in Paragraph 13 above) or special circumstances, as determined by the Committee, any restrictions remaining with respect to shares of restricted stock as of the date of the participant's termination of employment shall lapse. If the participant's employment with the Corporation is terminated as a result of the retirement of the participant at or after age 65 (or at an earlier retirement date approved by the Committee and subject to the provisions of Paragraph 37 below), the shares of restricted stock shall continue to vest as if the participant's employment had not terminated until such time as 6

the remaining restrictions lapse. If a participant's employment with the Corporation is voluntarily or involuntarily terminated for any other reason during the restriction period, the shares of restricted stock shall be forfeited. 23. Effect of Stock Dividends, Merger, Recapitalization or Reorganization or Similar Events. In the event of a stock dividend, merger, recapitalization, reorganization or other transaction described in Paragraph 14 above, the terms and conditions of the restricted stock awards shall be adjusted in a manner consistent with adjustments made to options granted under the Plan. 24. Change of Control. Awards of restricted stock and persons who are awarded restricted stock shall be subject to the terms of Paragraph 36 below. 25. Cancellation. The Committee may at any time require the cancellation of any award of restricted stock in consideration of a cash payment or alternative award under the Plan equal to the fair market value of the cancelled award of restricted stock. D. CASH PERFORMANCE AWARDS 26. Awards and Period of Contingency. The Committee may, concurrently with, or independently of, the granting of an option under the Plan, in its sole discretion, grant to a participant the opportunity to earn a cash performance payment, conditional upon the attainment of an objective performance goal during a performance period. The performance period shall be not less than three fiscal years of the Corporation, including the year in which the conditional grant is made. Any performance goal established by the Committee shall include an objective formula or standard for determining the amount of the performance payment payable to a participant if the goal is attained. The performance goal may be fixed by the Committee for the Corporation as a whole or for a subsidiary or division of the Corporation, depending on the Committee's judgment as to what is most appropriate for the individual involved, and shall be set by the Committee before the 90th day after the commencement of the period of services to which the performance payment relates. Performance goals shall be based on at least one or more of the following factors which the Committee deems appropriate, as they apply to the Corporation as a whole or to a subsidiary or a division: (a) earnings per share, (b) operating earnings, (c) return on equity and (d) return on investment. The performance goal with respect to a performance period will be the same for all persons within the same business unit. The material terms of the performance goals shall be subject to stockholder approval to the extent provided in regulations promulgated under Section 162(m) of the Code. 27. Determination of Payment Amount. The aggregate maximum cash payout for any business unit within the Corporation or the Corporation as a whole shall not exceed a fixed percentage of the annual average earnings increase of the relevant entity during the performance period, such percentages and dollar amounts to be determined by the Committee annually when performance goals are established. In no event can an individual receive an annual payment which exceeds $2 million. A performance payment shall be payable with respect to a performance period only if the Committee shall have certified that the applicable performance target has been attained. The Committee shall also have the power to approve proportional or adjusted payments under the Program to address situations where participants join the Corporation, or transfer within the Corporation, during a performance period. The Committee shall have the discretion to decrease the amount payable upon attainment of the performance goal (as determined under such formula or 7

standard) to take into account the effect of any unusual, non-recurring circumstance, but shall have the discretion to increase the amount payable to take into account any such effect only if such discretion would not cause such compensation to fail to qualify as "qualified performance-based compensation" for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code. 28. Effect of Death, Disability or Other Early Termination of Employment. If the participant in the Program (a) dies, (b) becomes permanently disabled while employed by the Corporation or (c) terminates employment for any reason (other than related to retirement covered by Paragraph 29 below) approved by the Committee as an "approved termination", then, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 37 below, the participant (or the participant's estate or the legatees or distributees of the participant's estate, as the case may be) shall be entitled to receive on the payment date the cash payment which the participant would have earned had the participant then been an employee of the Corporation, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months the participant was employed by the Corporation during the performance measurement period and the denominator of which is the number of months of the performance measurement period (treating fractional months as whole months in each case). 29. Effect of Normal Retirement. If before the date of payment, the participant retires on or after age 65 years (or earlier as an "approved early retirement" approved by the Committee and subject to the provisions of Paragraph 37 below), the participant shall be entitled to receive on the payment date the same amount of cash which the participant would have earned had such participant then been an employee of the Corporation as of such date. 30. Effect of Other Terminations of Employment. (a) General Termination. If a participant's employment with the Corporation is terminated for any reason, whether voluntary, involuntary, or for cause (as defined as Paragraph 13 above), other than those described in Paragraphs 28 or 29 above or in Paragraph 30 (b) below, then his or her participation shall be canceled and all of the participant's rights under the grant shall terminate as of the effective date of the termination of such employment. (b) Pre-Payment Termination. If, after the end of a performance measurement period and before the date of payment or distribution of any final award, a participant's employment is terminated, whether voluntarily or involuntarily for any reason other than for cause (as defined in Paragraph 13 above), the participant shall be entitled to receive on the payment or distribution date the cash payment which the participant would have earned had the participant continued to be an employee of the Corporation as of the payment or distribution date. 31. Change of Control. The terms of a performance goal and each participant in the Cash Performance Program shall be subject to the terms of Paragraph 36 below. E. GENERAL PROVISIONS 32. Legal Compliance. It is the intent of the Corporation that the Plan comply in all respects with applicable provisions of the Exchange Act, including Section 16 and Rule 16b-3, so that any grant of options or restricted stock to, or other transaction by, a participant who is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall not result in short-swing profits liability under Section 16(b) (except for any transaction exempted under alternative 8

Exchange Act rules or intended by such participant to be a non-exempt transaction). It is also the intent of the Corporation that any compensation income realized in connection with options or restricted stock and any performance payments made under the Plan and Program constitute "performance-based compensation" within the meaning of Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code so that any deduction to which the Corporation is entitled in connection with such compensation will not be subject to the limitations of Section 162(m)(1) of the Code. Accordingly, if any provision of the Plan or Program or any agreement relating to an option, grant of restricted stock or participation does not comply with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 as then applicable to any such transaction so that such a participant would be subject to Section 16(b) liability (except for any transaction exempted under alternative Exchange Act rules or intended by such participant to be a non-exempt transaction), or if any provision of the Plan or Program or any agreement relating to an option, grant of restricted stock or participation would limit, under Section 162(m)(1) of the Code, the amount of compensation income to an optionee or participant that the Corporation would otherwise be entitled to deduct, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such requirements, or to eliminate such deductibility limitation, and the participant shall be deemed to have consented to such construction or amendment. 33. Withholding Taxes. The Committee shall make arrangements for the collection of any Federal, State or local taxes of any kind required to be withheld with respect to any transactions effected under the Plan or the Program. The obligations of the Corporation under the Plan and the Program shall be conditional on satisfaction of such obligations and the Corporation, to the extent permitted by law, shall have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to a participant. 34. Effect of Recapitalization or Reorganization. The obligations of the Corporation with respect to an option or restricted stock granted under the Plan or a participation under the Program shall be binding upon the Corporation, its successors or assigns, including any successor or resulting company either in liquidation or merger of the Corporation into another company owning all the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation or in any other transaction whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise under which such succeeding or resulting company acquires all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation and assumes all or substantially all its obligations unless options are terminated in accordance with Paragraph 14. 35. Employment Rights and Obligations. Neither the granting of any option or award of restricted stock under the Plan or participation under the Program nor the provisions related to a change of control of the Corporation (as defined below) or a Person seeking to effect a change of control of the Corporation shall alter or otherwise affect the rights of the Corporation to change any and all the terms and conditions of employment of any participant including, but not limited to, the right to terminate such participant's employment. 36. Change of Control. (a) Each participant, upon acceptance of a grant of options or restricted stock or the opportunity to earn a cash performance payment, and as a condition to such grant, shall be deemed to have agreed that, in the event any Person begins a tender or exchange offer, circulates a proxy to shareholders, or takes other steps seeking to effect a change of control of the Corporation (as defined below), such participant will not voluntarily terminate his or her employment with the Corporation or with a direct or indirect subsidiary of the Corporation, as the case may be, and, 9

unless terminated by the Corporation or such subsidiary, will continue to render services to the Corporation or such subsidiary until such Person has abandoned or terminated efforts to effect a change of control. (b) In the event of a change of control, (i) all options to purchase shares of common stock of the Corporation shall immediately vest and become exercisable in accordance with the terms of the appropriate stock option agreement; (ii) all outstanding restrictions with respect to any restricted stock shall immediately expire; (iii) with respect to performance awards under the Cash Performance Program: (A) all performance awards outstanding shall immediately vest and become immediately due and payable; (B) the performance measurement period of all performance awards outstanding shall terminate on the last day of the month prior to the month in which the change of control occurs; (C) the participant shall be entitled to a cash payment the amount of which shall be determined in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Program and the appropriate program award agreement, which amount shall be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the actual number of months in the performance measurement period (as determined in accordance with clause (iii)(B) above) and the denominator of which is 36 (or 48 if the performance measurement period established at the date of grant is four years or more); and (D) the Continuing Directors (as defined in Article Fourteenth of the Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation) shall promptly determine whether the participant is entitled to any performance award, and any performance award payable shall be paid to the participant promptly but in no event more than five days after a change of control; (iv) the Continuing Directors shall have the sole and complete authority and discretion to decide any questions concerning the application, interpretation or scope of any of the terms and conditions of any grant or participation under the Plan or the Program, and their decisions shall be binding and conclusive upon all interested parties; and (v) other than as set forth above, the terms and conditions of all grants and participations shall remain unchanged. (c) A "change of control" shall be deemed to have taken place upon the occurrence of any of the following events (capitalized terms are defined below): (i) any Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporation (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such Person any 10

securities acquired directly from the Corporation or its Affiliates) representing 20% or more of either the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Corporation or the combined voting power of the Corporation's then outstanding securities, excluding any Person who becomes such a Beneficial Owner in connection with a transaction described in clause (A) of paragraph (iii) below; or (ii) the following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the number of directors then serving: individuals who, on February 1, 1995, constituted the Board and any new director (other than a director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including but not limited to a consent solicitation, relating to the election of directors of the Corporation) whose appointment or election by the Board or nomination for election by the Corporation's stockholders was approved or recommended by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors in office at the time of such approval or recommendation who either were directors on February 1, 1995 or whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended; or (iii) there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Corporation with any other corporation, other than (A) any such merger or consolidation after the consummation of which the voting securities of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or any parent thereof) at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Corporation or such surviving entity or any parent thereof outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (B) any such merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Corporation (or similar transaction) in which no Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporation (not including in the securities Beneficially Owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Corporation or its Affiliates) representing 20% or more of either the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Corporation or the combined voting power of the Corporation's then outstanding securities; or (iv) the stockholders of the Corporation approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation or there is consummated an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Corporation of all or substantially all of the Corporation's assets, other than a sale or disposition by the Corporation of all or substantially all of the Corporation's assets to an entity, at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by stockholders of the Corporation in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Corporation immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions. (d) For purposes of this Paragraph 36, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated: (i) "Affiliate" shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 under Section 12 of the Exchange Act. (ii) "Beneficial Owner" shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, except that a Person shall not be deemed to be the Beneficial Owner of any securities which are properly filed on a Form 13-G. 11

(iii) "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time. (iv) "Person" shall have the meaning given in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as modified and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, except that such term shall not include (i) the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, (ii) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities or (iv) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Corporation in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Corporation. 37. Non-compete. (a) Any approval by the Committee of a participant who takes early retirement being accorded the same treatment as a participant retiring at or after age 65, as contemplated in Paragraphs 11, 22 and 29, and any designation by the Committee of a termination as an "approved termination" under Paragraph 28(c) shall be subject to the provisions of this Paragraph 37. Any participant who is the beneficiary of any such approval or designation by the Committee shall be deemed to have expressly agreed not to compete with the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation at which such participant was employed at any time in the three years immediately prior to termination of employment, as the case may be, in the geographic area in which the Corporation or such subsidiary actively carried on business at the end of the participant's employment there, for the period with respect to which such approval or designation affords the participant enhanced benefits, which period shall be, (a) with respect to stock options, the additional period allowed the participant for the vesting and exercise of options outstanding at termination of employment, (b) with respect to restricted stock, the period remaining after the participant's termination of employment until the end of the original restriction period for such restricted stock, and (c) with respect to performance awards under the Cash Performance Program, the period until the payment date following the end of the last applicable performance period. (b) In the event that a participant shall fail to comply with the provisions of this Paragraph 37, the Committee's approval and/or designation, as applicable, described above shall be automatically rescinded and the participant shall forfeit the enhanced benefits referred to above and shall return to the Corporation the economic value theretofore realized by reason of such benefits as determined by the Committee. If the provision of this Paragraph 37, or the corresponding provisions of a grant, award or participation agreement, shall be unenforceable as to any participant, the Committee may rescind any such approval or designation with respect to such participant. (c) If any provision of this Paragraph 37, or the corresponding provisions of a grant, award or participation agreement, is determined by a court to be unenforceable because of its scope in terms of geographic area or duration in time or otherwise, the Corporation and the participant agree that the court making such determination is specifically authorized to reduce the duration and/or geographical area and/or other scope of such provision and, in its reduced form, such provision shall then be enforceable; and in every case the remainder of this Paragraph 37, or the corresponding provisions of a grant, award or participation agreement, shall not be affected thereby and shall remain valid and enforceable, as if such affected provision were not contained herein or therein. 38. Interpretation. The Committee shall have the sole and complete authority and discretion to decide any questions concerning the application, interpretation or scope of any of the 12

terms and conditions of the Plan and the Program, of any stock option agreement, loan or restricted stock award agreement entered into pursuant to the Plan, or of any participation under the Program, and its decisions shall be binding and conclusive upon all interested parties. 39. Amendment. Except as expressly provided in the next sentence, the Board of Directors may amend the Plan or Program in any manner it deems necessary or appropriate (including any of the terms, conditions or definitions contained herein), or terminate the Plan and/or Program at any time prior to January 30, 2005; provided, however, that any such termination will not affect the validity of any then outstanding options or restricted stock awards previously granted under the Plan or outstanding participations under the Program, as the case may be. Without the approval of the Corporation's stockholders, the Board cannot: (a) increase the maximum number of shares covered by the Plan or change the class of employees eligible to receive options or restricted stock awards; (b) reduce the option price below the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of the option grant; or (c) extend beyond 120 months from the date of the grant the period within which an option may be exercised. 40. Effectiveness, and Termination of Plan. The Plan and the Program will become effective on the date of their adoption by the Board of Directors, subject to ratification of the adoption of the Plan and the Program by affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock. The Plan and Program will both terminate on January 30, 2005 and no option or restricted stock award grant or participation grant, as the case may be, may be made on or after such date. 41. Foreign Jurisdictions. The Committee may adopt, amend, and terminate such arrangements, not inconsistent with the intent of the Plan and the Program, as it may deem necessary or desirable to make available tax or other benefits of the laws of foreign jurisdictions to participants who are subject to such laws. 42. Governing Law. The Plan, the Program and all grants, options, awards and payments made hereunder shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of law principles. 13

EXHIBIT 10.8 DATE: ________, 2005 TO: [insert Name] [insert Business Unit] FROM: ________________ SUBJ: STOCK OPTION AND CASH PERFORMANCE AWARD We are pleased to inform you that the Compensation Committee of Dover Corporation ("DOVER") has granted you a stock option and cash performance program award under the terms of the Dover Corporation 2005 Equity and Cash Incentive Plan (the "PLAN"). Congratulations! Grants are made only to key officers and employees who are in a position to materially affect the profitability and growth of their organizations. Grants are given to those recognized as key to their operations, but the actual reward can only be earned in the future, as Dover stock appreciates and your business performs well. NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION Here are the details for your non-qualified stock option grant: Number of shares of Dover Common Stock - [ ] Option exercise price per share - $ [ ] Date of Grant - [ ] Your option is subject to all of the terms and provisions of the Plan (other than those terms and provisions contained in Parts C or D thereof or that otherwise relate solely to restricted stock or the cash performance program), which terms and provisions are expressly incorporated into and made a part of your option as if set forth in full herein. A copy of the Plan is included with this award agreement. In addition, your option is subject to the following: 1. Your option shall expire on the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant (the "EXPIRATION DATE"), subject to earlier termination as provided in the Plan. 2. Subject to the other provisions of the Plan regarding the exercisability of options granted thereunder, including without limitation Paragraphs 11 through 15 thereof, your option may be exercised, in whole or in part (but not for less than 500 option shares) with respect to full shares of Dover Common Stock, at any time commencing on the third anniversary of the Date of Grant (or, if earlier, the occurrence of a change in control as defined in Paragraph 35 of the Plan) and on or prior to the Expiration Date by giving written notice to Dover of the number of shares to be purchased accompanied by payment of the full purchase price of such shares as set forth in Paragraph 8 of the Plan.

3. As provided in Paragraph 32 of the Plan, at the time you exercise your option, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by Dover, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision as directed by Dover, for any sums required to satisfy the minimum federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of Dover or any of its affiliates, if any, which arise in connection with the exercise of your option. Dover may, in its sole discretion, and in compliance with any applicable conditions or restrictions of law, withhold from fully vested shares of Dover Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your option that number of whole shares of Dover Common Stock having a fair market value, determined by Dover as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law. 4. Your option is not transferable by you other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, except that all or any part (but in no event with respect to less than 500 option shares) of your option may be transferred to members of your immediate family (defined as your spouse, children and/or grandchildren), or to one or more trusts for the benefit of such family members. You may not receive any consideration for the transfer. All references in Paragraphs 11 through 13 of the Plan to the death, disability or retirement of the option holder or the termination of the option holder's employment with Dover shall continue to refer to you, and any portion of your option so transferred shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions that were applicable to your option immediately prior to its transfer (except that such transferred option or portion thereof may not be further transferred by the transferee during the transferee's lifetime). 5. Your option is a non-qualified stock option and shall not be treated for tax purposes as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the "CODE"). 6. If you are not a resident of the United States, the exercise of the option, or the sale of the Dover stock bought under the option, within certain time periods could subject you and/or Dover to adverse tax consequences. If you are located in such a jurisdiction, Dover may advise you as to a minimum required holding period of the option or Dover stock and you will not be permitted to exercise the option or sell the Dover stock, as the case may be, during the minimum required holding period specified by Dover. Any minimum required holding period communicated to you by Dover will have the effect of amending this award agreement or any other award agreements issued to you under the Plan. CASH PERFORMANCE PROGRAM AWARD Here are the details for your cash performance program award. Your business unit is [ ] The base year is [ ] The performance period is the three-year period commencing [ ] Your performance grant at the 100% level is [EURO] [US$]. The actual cash distribution will be derived from the Cash Performance Award Matrix attached hereto. 2

Your cash performance program award is subject to all the terms and provisions of the Plan (other than those terms and provisions contained in Part B or C thereof or that otherwise relate solely to stock options or restricted stock), which terms and conditions are expressly incorporated into and made a part of the award as if set forth in full herein. A copy of the Plan is included with this award agreement. In addition, your award is subject to the following: 1. Within 90 days following the end of the performance period, Dover will pay you a cash performance payment if your Business Unit has reached certain performance targets, as more fully described below, and the other conditions of your award are satisfied. If your Business Unit's average annual percentage rate of growth in earnings during the performance period (determined by applying the Implicit Price Deflator for Gross Domestic Product, as calculated by the U.S. Commerce Department, or other applicable service, as may be appropriate for Business Units based outside the U.S., to nominal earnings) over base year earnings is not less than 0% and if your Business Unit's average return on capital employed is not less than 10%, you will be entitled to receive your cash performance payment as derived from the attached Cash Performance Award Matrix, on a sliding grid scale with interpolations to the nearest 1/10 of 1% between the percentage points with respect to earnings and return on total capital employed. The base year earnings (from which earnings growth is measured) for each Business Unit shall be not less than an amount equal to a 10% return on capital employed by such Business Unit during the base year. 2. For purposes of the New York Corporate Office Business Unit, earnings shall mean Dover's consolidated fully diluted earnings per share after taxes and after the cost of this Plan. For purposes of any other Business Unit, earnings shall mean before-tax earnings of that particular Business Unit after its applicable share of the cost of the Plan, but excluding gains and losses from the disposition of businesses. For all Business Units, extraordinary gains shall be excluded from earnings. Extraordinary gains shall be determined under generally accepted accounting principles and shall apply only to material items and transactions that are distinguished both by their unusual nature and by the infrequency of their occurrence. 3. For purposes of New York Corporate Office Business Unit participants, average return on capital means the average annual consolidated net earnings of Dover after the cost of the Plan, but before extraordinary gains, during the performance period, divided by the average sum of the stockholders' equity at the beginning and end of each calendar quarter during the performance period. For purposes of participants at any other Business Unit, return on capital shall be computed in the manner indicated in Dover's Accounting Manual as amended from time to time. 4. The aggregate maximum cash payout for each Business Unit shall not exceed 30% of its annual earnings increase over the performance period. In no event will your cash performance payment exceed US$2 million (or the equivalent amount in local currency) as provided in Paragraph 26 of the Plan. 5. The following rules will apply if you are transferred from one Business Unit (the "TRANSFEROR BUSINESS UNIT") in the Dover Controlled Group to another Business Unit (the 3

"TRANSFEREE BUSINESS UNIT") in such group during the performance period. The term "DOVER CONTROLLED GROUP" means Dover and its subsidiaries and divisions. (a) If the transfer occurs during the third year of the performance period, your cash performance payment, if any, shall be based on the performance of the Transferor Business Unit. (b) If the transfer occurs during the first two years of the performance period, your cash performance payment, if any, shall be based on the performance of the Transferor Business Unit or the Transferee Business Unit, whichever you choose, provided that, if you have chosen to have the payout of any other Cash Performance Program award based on the performance of the Transferee Business Unit, then the payout of this award, if any, shall also be based on the performance of the Transferee Business Unit. (c) In both (a) and (b) above, your cash performance payment, if any, will be based upon the original performance grant dollar amount. 6. The following rules will apply in the event of a change of control (as defined in Paragraph 35 of the Plan) of Dover. (a) The performance period will end on the last day of the month prior to the month in which the change of control occurs. (b) The cash performance payment, if any, to which you will be entitled will be equal to the cash performance payment, as determined under the provisions of the Plan and as set forth herein (but without regard to this subparagraph 6 (b)), multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the performance period as shortened by subparagraph 6(a) and the denominator of which is 36. (c) Any cash performance payment to which you are entitled will be made promptly, but, except to the extent required by Section 409A of the Code to avoid any penalties on you, in no event more than five days after the change of control. The stock option and cash performance program awards made to you do not confer any benefits, rights or privileges on you other than those explicitly set forth in the Plan or this award agreement. By accepting this award, you agree that any benefits that you may realize under the Plan shall not be treated as wages, salary or any other form of remuneration in the event of severance, redundancy, or resignation, or for purposes of calculating any pension, benefits or other remuneration to which you may become entitled. You also acknowledge that benefits provided under the Plan are ex gratia and entirely at the discretion of Dover and your employer. Dover and your employer reserve the right to amend, modify or terminate the Plan at any time in their discretion without notice. By accepting this award, you consent to the transfer of any information relating to your participation in the Plan to Dover and its affiliates. In consideration of the benefits conferred on you by this instrument, as well as your continued employment by Dover Corporation or one or more of its affiliates, you expressly recognize the 4

obligations you may have under Paragraph 36 (Non-compete) of the Plan with respect to all your stock option and cash performance program awards under the Plan. You expressly acknowledge that neither Dover nor any of its affiliates shall be responsible for, or have any liability to you or any other person with respect to, any taxes or penalties which may be imposed on you in connection with any stock option or cash performance program awards granted under the Plan, in the event that such award becomes subject to Section 409A of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder. If and to the extent required by Section 409A of the Code to avoid any penalties on you, payments to you hereunder after termination of your employment may be distributed on the later of (i) the dates specified in this award agreement or any other agreement with Dover, and (ii) six (6) months after the date your employment with Dover or any of its affiliates terminates. 5

Please acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Plan and your agreement to the terms and conditions set forth herein and therein by signing and returning one copy of this award agreement, whereupon your stock option and cash performance program award will become a binding agreement between you and Dover Corporation. The other copy is for your files. - ------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- Employee [insert Title] For Dover ----------------------------- - ------------------------------------- Date 6

DATE: ______, 2005 TO: [insert Name] [insert Business Unit] FROM: SUBJ: CASH PERFORMANCE AWARD We are pleased to inform you that the Compensation Committee of Dover Corporation ("DOVER") has granted you a cash performance program award under the terms of the Dover Corporation 2005 Equity and Cash Incentive Plan (the "PLAN"). Congratulations! Grants are made only to key officers and employees who are in a position to materially affect the profitability and growth of their organizations. Grants are given to those recognized as key to their operations, but the actual reward can only be earned in the future, as your business performs well. CASH PERFORMANCE PROGRAM AWARD Here are the details for your cash performance program award. Your business unit is [ ] The base year is [ ]. The performance period is the three-year period commencing [ ]. Your performance grant at the 100% level is $ [ ]. The actual cash distribution will be derived from the Cash Performance Award Matrix attached hereto. Your cash performance program award is subject to all the terms and provisions of the Plan (other than those terms and provisions contained in Part B or C thereof or that otherwise relate solely to stock options or restricted stock), which terms and conditions are expressly incorporated into and made a part of the award as if set forth in full herein. A copy of the Plan is included with this award agreement. In addition, your award is subject to the following: 1. Within 90 days following the end of the performance period, Dover will pay you a cash performance payment if your Business Unit has reached certain performance targets, as more fully described below, and the other conditions of your award are satisfied. If your Business Unit's average annual percentage rate of growth in earnings during the performance period (determined by applying the Implicit Price Deflator for Gross Domestic Product, as calculated by the U.S. Commerce Department, or other applicable service, as may be appropriate for Business Units based outside the U.S., to nominal earnings) over base year earnings is not less than 0% and if your Business Unit's average return on capital employed is not less than 10%, you will be entitled to receive your cash performance payment as derived from the attached Cash Performance Award Matrix, on a sliding grid scale with interpolations to the nearest 1/10 of 1% between the percentage points with respect to earnings and return on total capital employed. The base year earnings (from which earnings growth is measured) for each 7

Business Unit shall be not less than an amount equal to a 10% return on capital employed by such Business Unit during the base year. 2. For purposes of the New York Corporate Office Business Unit, earnings shall mean Dover's consolidated fully diluted earnings per share after taxes and after the cost of this Plan. For purposes of any other Business Unit, earnings shall mean before-tax earnings of that particular Business Unit after its applicable share of the cost of the Plan, but excluding gains and losses from the disposition of businesses. For all Business Units, extraordinary gains shall be excluded from earnings. Extraordinary gains shall be determined under generally accepted accounting principles and shall apply only to material items and transactions that are distinguished both by their unusual nature and by the infrequency of their occurrence. 3. For purposes of New York Corporate Office Business Unit participants, average return on capital means the average annual consolidated net earnings of Dover after the cost of the Plan, but before extraordinary gains, during the performance period, divided by the average sum of the stockholders' equity at the beginning and end of each calendar quarter during the performance period. For purposes of participants at any other Business Units, return on capital shall be computed in the manner indicated in Dover's Accounting Manual as amended from time to time. 4. The aggregate maximum cash payout for each Business Unit shall not exceed [30]% of its annual earnings increase over the performance period. In no event will your cash performance payment exceed US $2 million (or the equivalent amount in local currency) as provided in Paragraph 26 of the Plan. 5. The following rules will apply if you are transferred from one Business Unit (the "TRANSFEROR BUSINESS UNIT") in the Dover Controlled Group to another Business Unit (the "TRANSFEREE BUSINESS UNIT") in such group during the performance period. The term "DOVER CONTROLLED GROUP" means Dover and its subsidiaries and divisions. (a) If the transfer occurs during the third year of the performance period, your cash performance payment, if any, shall be based on the performance of the Transferor Business Unit. (b) If the transfer occurs during the first two years of the performance period, your cash performance payment, if any, shall be based on the performance of the Transferor Business Unit or the Transferee Business Unit, whichever you choose, provided that, if you have chosen to have the payout of any other Cash Performance Program award based on the performance of the Transferee Business Unit, then the payout of this award, if any, shall also be based on the performance of the Transferee Business Unit. (c) In both (a) and (b) above, your cash performance payment, if any, will be based upon the original performance grant dollar amount. 8

6. The following rules will apply in the event of a change of control (as defined in Paragraph 35 of the Plan) of Dover. (a) The performance period will end on the last day of the month prior to the month in which the change of control occurs. (b) The cash performance payment, if any, to which you will be entitled will be equal to the cash performance payment, as determined under the provisions of the Plan and as set forth herein (but without regard to this subparagraph 6(b)), multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the performance period as shortened by subparagraph 6(a) and the denominator of which is 36. (c) Any cash performance payment to which you are entitled will be made promptly, but, except to the extent required by Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the "CODE") to avoid any penalties on you, in no event more than five days after the change of control. The cash performance program award made to you does not confer any benefits, rights or privileges on you other than those explicitly set forth in the Plan or this award agreement. By accepting this award, you agree that any benefits that you may realize under the Plan shall not be treated as wages, salary or any other form of remuneration in the event of severance, redundancy, or resignation, or for purposes of calculating any pension, benefits or other remuneration to which you may become entitled. You also acknowledge that benefits provided under the Plan are ex gratia and entirely at the discretion of Dover and your employer. Dover and your employer reserve the right to amend, modify or terminate the Plan at any time in their discretion without notice. By accepting this award, you consent to the transfer of any information relating to your participation in the Plan to Dover and its affiliates. In consideration of the benefits conferred on you by this instrument, as well as your continued employment by Dover Corporation or one or more of its affiliates, you expressly recognize the obligations you may have under Paragraph 36 (Non-compete) of the Plan with respect to all your cash performance program awards under the Plan. You expressly acknowledge that neither Dover nor any of its affiliates shall be responsible for, or have any liability to you or any other person with respect to, any taxes or penalties which may be imposed on you in connection with any cash performance program awards granted under the Plan, in the event that such award becomes subject to Section 409A of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder. If and to the extent required by Section 409A of the Code to avoid any penalties on you, payments to you hereunder after termination of your employment may be distributed on the later of (i) the dates specified in this award agreement or any other agreement with Dover, and (ii) six (6) months after the date your employment with Dover or any of its affiliates terminates. 9

Please acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Plan and your agreement to the terms and conditions set forth herein and therein by signing and returning one copy of this award agreement, whereupon your cash performance program award will become a binding agreement between you and Dover Corporation. The other copy is for your files. - ------------------------------------- --------------------------------------- Employee [insert TITLE] For Dover Corporation - ------------------------------------- Date 10

DATE: _______, 2005 TO: [insert Name] [insert Business Unit] FROM: ____________ SUBJ: STOCK OPTION AWARD We are pleased to inform you that the Compensation Committee of Dover Corporation ("DOVER") has granted you a stock option award under the terms of the Dover Corporation 2005 Equity and Cash Incentive Plan (the "PLAN"). Congratulations! Grants are made only to key officers and employees who are in a position to materially affect the profitability and growth of their organizations. Grants are given to those recognized as key to their operations, but the actual reward can only be earned in the future, as Dover stock appreciates. NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION Here are the details for your non-qualified stock option grant: Number of shares of Dover Common Stock - [ ] Option exercise price per share -- $[ ] Date of Grant - [ ] Your option is subject to all of the terms and provisions of the Plan (other than those terms and provisions contained in Parts C or D thereof or that otherwise relate solely to restricted stock or the cash performance program), which terms and provisions are expressly incorporated into and made a part of your option as if set forth in full herein. A copy of the Plan is included with this stock option agreement. In addition, your option is subject to the following: 1. Your option shall expire on the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant (the "EXPIRATION DATE"), subject to earlier termination as provided in the Plan. 2. Subject to the other provisions of the Plan regarding the exercisability of options granted thereunder, including without limitation Paragraphs 11 through 15 thereof, your option may be exercised, in whole or in part (but not for less than 500 option shares) with respect to full shares of Dover Common Stock, at any time commencing on the third anniversary of the Date of Grant (or, if earlier, the occurrence of a change in control as defined in Paragraph 35 of the Plan) and on or prior to the Expiration Date by giving written notice to Dover of the number of shares to be purchased accompanied by payment of the full purchase price of such shares as set forth in Paragraph 8 of the Plan. 11

3. As provided in Paragraph 32 of the Plan, at the time you exercise your option, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by Dover, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision as directed by Dover, for any sums required to satisfy the minimum federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of Dover or any of its affiliates, if any, which arise in connection with the exercise of your option. Dover may, in its sole discretion, and in compliance with any applicable conditions or restrictions of law, withhold from fully vested shares of Dover Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your option that number of whole shares of Dover Common Stock having a fair market value, determined by Dover as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law. 4. Your option is not transferable by you other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, except that all or any part (but in no event with respect to less than 500 option shares) of your option may be transferred to members of your immediate family (defined as your spouse, children and/or grandchildren), or to one or more trusts for the benefit of such family members. You may not receive any consideration for the transfer. All references in Paragraphs 11 through 13 of the Plan to the death, disability or retirement of the option holder or the termination of the option holder's employment with Dover shall continue to refer to you and any portion of your option so transferred shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions that were applicable to your option immediately prior to its transfer (except that such transferred option or portion thereof may not be further transferred by the transferee during the transferee's lifetime). 5. Your option is a non-qualified stock option and shall not be treated for tax purposes as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the "CODE"). 6. If you are not a resident of the United States, the exercise of the option, or the sale of the Dover stock bought under the option, within certain time periods could subject you and/or Dover to adverse tax consequences. If you are located in such a jurisdiction, Dover may advise you as to a minimum required holding period of the option or Dover stock and you will not be permitted to exercise the option or sell the Dover stock, as the case may be, during the minimum required holding period specified by Dover. Any minimum required holding period communicated to you by Dover will have the effect of amending this stock option agreement or any other stock option agreements issued to you under the Plan. The option award made to you does not confer any benefits, rights or privileges on you other than those explicitly set forth in the Plan or this stock option agreement. By accepting this option award, you agree that any benefits that you may realize under the Plan shall not be treated as wages, salary or any other form of remuneration in the event of severance, redundancy, or resignation, or for purposes of calculating any pension, benefits or other remuneration to which you may become entitled. You also acknowledge that benefits provided under the Plan are ex gratia and entirely at the discretion of Dover and your employer. Dover and your employer 12

reserve the right to amend, modify or terminate the Plan at any time in their discretion without notice. By accepting this option award, you consent to the transfer of any information relating to your participation in the Plan to Dover and its affiliates. In consideration of the benefits conferred on you by this instrument, as well as your continued employment by Dover Corporation or one or more of its affiliates, you expressly recognize the obligations you may have under Paragraph 36 (Non-compete) of the Plan with respect to all your stock option awards under the Plan. You expressly acknowledge that neither Dover nor any of its affiliates shall be responsible for, or have any liability to you or any other person with respect to, any taxes or penalties which may be imposed on you in connection with any stock option awards granted under the Plan, in the event that such award becomes subject to Section 409A of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder. If and to the extent required by Section 409A of the Code to avoid any penalties on you, payments to you hereunder after termination of your employment may be distributed on the later of (i) the dates specified in this stock option agreement or any other agreement with Dover, and (ii) six (6) months after the date your employment with Dover or any of its affiliates terminates. 13

Please acknowledge receipt of a copy of the Plan and your agreement to the terms and conditions set forth herein and therein by signing and returning one copy of this stock option agreement, whereupon your stock option award will become a binding agreement between you and Dover Corporation. The other copy is for your files. - ----------------------------------- ------------------------------ Employee [insert TITLE] For Dover Corporation - ----------------------------------- Date 14

EXHIBIT 10.10 [DOVER DIVERSIFIED, INC. LOGO] P.O. BOX 1027 Waukesha, Wisconsin 53187-1027 Telephone (262) 548-6060 2607 N. Grandview Blvd., Suite 105 Waukesha, Wisconsin 53188 Fax (262)548-6069 December 8, 2004 Re: Consulting Agreement Dear Jerry: This letter sets forth the terms of our consulting agreement with you ("CONSULTANT"). We are pleased that Dover Diversified, Inc. (the "COMPANY") will have the opportunity to avail itself of your experience and advice during 2005. 1. Consulting Term. The term of Consultant's retention shall begin January 1, 2005 and end December 31, 2005. 2. Consultant Duties. From time to time at the Company's request, upon reasonable notice, Consultant shall render business and strategic advice and services for the Company and its affiliates. Consultant shall honor reasonable requests by the Company for his services and shall devote reasonable time and his best efforts, skill, and attention to the diligent performance of his consulting duties. In rendering such services, Consultant shall be free to arrange his own time, pursuits, and consulting schedule and to determine the specific manner in which his services will be performed, but he will use his best efforts to accommodate the scheduling requirements and the work of the Company. Consultant is expected to attend board meetings of those companies on whose board he serves. In addition, Consultant is expected to attend strategic planning meetings of the Company and its affiliates. For the purpose of providing consulting services to the Company, Consultant will be permitted reasonable use of the Company's office space, telephone and secretarial support, but Consultant is not required to use any such resources. 3. Independent Contractor. Consultant shall be an independent contractor and shall not have the power to bind the Company for any purpose whatsoever unless specifically authorized to do so by the Company's chief executive officer. Additionally, Consultant acknowledges his separate responsibility for all federal and state income taxes, Federal Insurance Contribution Act taxes, and any other taxes, if applicable, and agrees to indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any claim against it or liability relating to such taxes. 4. Consulting Fee. The Company shall pay Consultant a consulting fee at the rate of $645,000 for 2005, which shall be paid monthly on dates that the Company normally pays its executives. Upon the presentation of appropriate invoices, the Company shall reimburse Consultant for his reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in travel necessary for him to perform his consulting duties. These expenses include, but are not limited to, reasonable airfare, lodging, meals, and other traveling expenses. 5. COBRA and Other Benefits. For the term of his consulting under this Agreement, the Company shall pay directly, or reimburse Consultant for, (i) the cost for Consultant to maintain his health and welfare benefits under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 ("COBRA"), (ii) the cost of tax and financial planning services equal to those provided to Consultant as an employee in 2004, (iii) a car allowance and expenses comparable to that provided to him in 2004, and

(iv) the premium for the life insurance as provided to him in 2004. Consultant shall not be entitled to any other fees or benefits for this consulting work. 6. Return of Property. Promptly following the conclusion of Consultant's services, Consultant shall return to the Company all Company property including, but not limited to, all documents and any copies thereof and keys. 7. Non-Disclosure of Confidential or Proprietary Information. Consultant's performance of his duties described in paragraph 2 above will result in his exposure and access to confidential and proprietary information, including but not limited to business plans and strategies and financial information, of the Company, its operating subsidiaries and other affiliates, which information is of great value to the Company. Consultant understands and agrees that the disclosure of such information by him would be irreparably injurious and detrimental to the Company. Consultant shall maintain the confidentiality of all such confidential or proprietary information. 8. Assignment. Consultant acknowledges that the services to be rendered by him are unique and personal. Accordingly, Consultant may not assign any of his rights or delegate any of his duties or obligations under this Agreement. In the event that Consultant is unable to fulfill his obligations under this agreement because of death, disability or other reasons, this agreement shall be automatically terminated and the Company shall have no further obligations to Consultant or his heirs, beneficiaries or estate. 9. Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been duly given and made if in writing and if served either by personal delivery to the party for whom intended or by being deposited, postage prepaid, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, in the United States mail bearing the address shown below for such party or such other address as such party may designate in writing hereafter to the other party: (a) If to Consultant: Jerry W. Yochum P.O. Box 98 Tarpley, TX 78883 (b) If to the Company: Dover Diversified, Inc. 2607 N. Grandview Blvd., Suite 105 Waukesha, WI 53188 Attention: Chief Financial Office If this agreement meets with your approval, please sign below and return it to me. Agreed: Jerry W. Yochum DOVER DIVERSIFIED, INC. /s/ Jerry W. Yochum /s/ W.A. Caton - ------------------- ------------------- Dated: 12-9-04 --------- 2

EXHIBIT 10.11 SUMMARY OF ARRANGEMENT EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 2005, BETWEEN DOVER CORPORATION AND THOMAS L. REECE Thomas L. Reece, who retired from his position as Chief Executive Officer of Dover Corporation (the "Company") effective December 31, 2004, remains the Chairman of the Board and will serve as a director of each of the Company's six segment subsidiaries for the year 2005, and will provide substantial consultation and advice throughout the year. For such services, Mr. Reece will receive for 2005 the same base salary ($1,000,000) that he received in 2004. Mr. Reece will also be provided continued health insurance coverage at no cost to him for the next three years until he reaches age 65, but will receive substantially no other compensation or perquisites. For the year 2005, Mr. Reece will not receive the directors' compensation received by other non-management directors of the Company. This arrangement was approved by the Board of Directors on November 4, 2004 and February 10, 2005, upon the recommendation of the Compensation Committee.

EXHIBIT 10.12 DOVER CORPORATION SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN (AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF JANUARY 1, 2003) (REVISED THROUGH OCTOBER 13, 2004) ARTICLE 1. PURPOSE OF THE PLAN The purpose of this Dover Corporation Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan is to promote the long-term success of the Company by providing a uniform minimum level of retirement benefits to salaried officers and other key executives on whom major responsibility for the present and future success of the Company rests. ARTICLE 2. DEFINITIONS 2.01. "Actual Participant" means, subject to Article 3, an Employee who (a) has received a SERP Designation as an Actual Participant, and (b) has been granted an Award in each of five (5) years (not necessarily consecutive) under an Incentive Plan, provided that the Employee is employed by an Employer on the date the Employee is granted the fifth (5th) or a later Award. Stock options granted under the 1998 Supplemental Incentive Stock Option Program or any successor program (sometimes called the Presidents' Pool) shall not be considered in determining qualification as an Actual Participant. 2.02. "Administrator" means the Dover Corporation Pension Committee. 2.03. "Affiliated Company" means the Company and any other member of the controlled group of corporations (within the meaning of Section 414(b) of the Code) of which the Company is a member or an unincorporated trade or business which is under common control with the Company (within the meaning of Section 414(c) of the Code). Except as otherwise determined by the Administrator, a corporation or unincorporated trade or business shall not be considered as an Affiliated Company during any period while it is not a member of such controlled group or under such common control. 2.04. "Applicable Percentage" means (a) With respect to an Actual Participant whose Termination of Employment occurred before January 1, 2003 or which occurred on or after January 1, 2003 but the Actual Participant had completed less than 10 Years of Service when his or her Termination of Employment occurred: (i) in the case of an Actual Participant whose Termination Date is on or after his or her Normal Retirement Date, 100%, (ii) in the case of an Actual Participant whose Termination Date precedes his or her Normal Retirement Date by not more than 10 years, 100% minus the product of 5/12 of 1% and the number of months between the Actual Participant's Termination Date and his or her Normal Retirement Date, (iii) in the case of an Actual Participant whose Termination Date

precedes his or her Normal Retirement Date by more than 10 years but not more than 20 years, 50% minus the product of 1/4 of 1% and the number of months in excess of 120 by which the Actual Participant's Termination Date precedes his or her Normal Retirement Date, and (iv) in the case of an Actual Participant whose Termination Date precedes his or her Normal Retirement Date by more than 20 years, 20% minus the product of 1/12 of 1% and the number of months in excess of 240 by which the Actual Participant's Termination Date precedes his or her Normal Retirement Date. (b) With respect to an Actual Participant whose Termination of Employment occurs on or after January 1, 2003 and who has completed 10 or more Years of Service when his or her Termination of Employment occurs: (i) in the case of an Actual Participant whose Termination Date is on or after his or her Unreduced Early Retirement Date, 100%, (ii) in the case of an Actual Participant whose Termination Date precedes his or her Unreduced Early Retirement Date by not more than 7 years, 100% minus the product of 5/12 of 1% and the number of months between the Actual Participant's Termination Date and his or her Unreduced Early Retirement Date, (iii) in the case of an Actual Participant whose Termination Date precedes his or her Unreduced Early Retirement Date by more than 7 years but not more than 17 years, 65% minus the product of 1/4 of 1% and the number of months in excess of 84 by which the Actual Participant's Termination Date precedes his or her Unreduced Early Retirement Date, and (iv) in the case of an Actual Participant whose Termination Date precedes his or her Unreduced Early Retirement Date by more than 17 years, 35% minus the product of 1/12 of 1% and the number of months in excess of 204 by which the Actual Participant's Termination Date precedes his or her Unreduced Early Retirement Date. 2.05. "Award" means the grant of either a stock option award or a cash performance award under an Incentive Plan, provided that (i) the grant of a stock option under the 1998 Supplemental Incentive Stock Option Program or any successor plan or program (sometimes called the Presidents' Pool) shall not constitute an Award, and (ii) all stock option awards and cash performance awards granted in any calendar year shall constitute only one Award. 2.06. "Beneficiary" means the person or persons designated by an Actual Participant to receive any payments which may be required to be paid pursuant to the Plan following his or her death, or, in the absence of any such designated person, the Actual Participant's estate; provided, however, that a married Actual Participant's Beneficiary shall be his or her spouse unless the spouse consents in writing to the designation of a different Beneficiary. For purposes hereof, Beneficiary may be a natural person or an estate or trust, except as otherwise provided in Section 4.04(f). 2.07. "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. 2.08. "Company" means Dover Corporation and any successor thereto. 2.09. "Compensation" means an Employee's basic salary, bonuses (including payments deemed by an Employer to be the equivalent of bonuses but excluding bonuses paid 2

in connection with hiring or terminations), and commissions paid or made available by an Affiliated Company, including the portion of any such remuneration deferred under a qualified or nonqualified deferred compensation plan or arrangement or contributed to a cafeteria plan, and, effective January 1, 2001, any amount of the Employee's authorized basic salary, bonuses or commissions which the Employee voluntarily elects to forego (regardless of whether the Employee receives non-cash remuneration in lieu of such foregone amount) and any non-cash compensation (as valued by the Compensation Committee of the Company's Board of Directors at the time of authorization or as otherwise reasonably determined) given to an Employee expressly in lieu of cash compensation. Other forms of remuneration, including but not limited to long-term incentive compensation, shall not be included in an Employee's Compensation. 2.10. "Death Benefit" means a death benefit payable pursuant to Section 5.01. 2.11. "Disability" means a disability which causes an Employee to be eligible to receive disability benefits under the long-term disability program of his or her employing Affiliated Company or, in the case of an Employee who is not covered by a long-term disability program, a disability which would cause the Employee to be eligible for social security disability benefits. An Employee's Disability shall be deemed to have ended on the last day of the last month with respect to which he or she receives benefits described in the preceding sentence. 2.12 "Effective Date" of the Plan as herein amended is January 1, 2003. The original effective date of the Plan was January 1, 1997. 2.13. "Employee" means an employee of an Affiliated Company. 2.14. "Employer" means the Company and any Affiliated Company or division thereof that has adopted the Plan. A list of Employers is attached hereto as Appendix A. 2.15. "Final Average Compensation" means 12 times the average of an Employee's monthly Compensation during the 60 consecutive complete calendar months of service during the 120 consecutive complete calendar months of service with an Affiliated Company prior to such person's ceasing to be an Employee during which his or her Compensation was the highest. Any month in which Compensation was not received, by reason of a leave of absence, Disability or otherwise, shall be omitted in determining a person's Final Average Compensation. In the case of any periods of part-time employment occurring in a Plan Year in which an Employee is credited with less than one Year of Service, Compensation with respect to such periods of part-time service shall be appropriately adjusted to a full-time basis. In the event that an Employee is paid an annual bonus during the 12-month period commencing on his or her Termination Date, for purposes of calculating such person's Final Average Compensation the amount of such bonus (including the portion of any such authorized bonus which such person elects to forego) shall be substituted for the amount of the first bonus taken into account during the applicable 60-month period, but only if (i) the 60-month period used for purposes of the Final Average Compensation calculation includes such person's last full month of 3

employment, and (ii) the effect of such substitution is to increase such person's Final Average Compensation. 2.16. "Gross Benefit" has the meaning provided in Section 4.01(b). 2.17. "Incentive Plan" means the Dover Corporation 1995 Incentive Stock Option Plan and 1995 Cash Performance Program, the Dover Corporation 2005 Equity and Cash Incentive Plan, and any predecessor or successor plan or program, provided that the 1998 Supplemental Incentive Stock Option Program or any successor program (sometimes called the Presidents' Pool) shall not constitute an Incentive Plan. 2.18. "Normal Retirement Age" means age 65. 2.19. "Normal Retirement Date" means the first day of the month coinciding with or next following the date an Actual Participant attains his or her Normal Retirement Age. 2.20. "Offset Benefits" has the meaning provided in Section 4.01(c). 2.21. "Plan" means this Dover Corporation Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as amended from time to time. 2.22. "Plan Year" means the calendar year. 2.23 "Potential Participant" means an Employee of an Employer who (a) has received a SERP Designation as a Potential Participant, and (b) has been granted an Award in one or more years (not necessarily consecutive) under an Incentive Plan but who has not met the requirements to become an Actual Participant, including, without limitation, receipt of a SERP Designation as an Actual Participant. 2.24. "Prior Participant" has the meaning provided in Section 3.01. 2.25 "Prior Plan" means the Dover Corporation Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as in effect prior to the adoption of this Plan. 2.26. "Retirement Benefit" means a retirement benefit payable pursuant to Section 4.01(a). 2.27. "SERP Designation" means a written designation by the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer or President of the Company that an Employee is an Actual Participant or a Potential Participant. 2.28. "Termination Date" means the first day of the month coinciding with or next following the date on which an Actual Participant has a Termination of Employment. 2.29. "Termination of Employment" means an Employee's termination of employment with an Affiliated Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, for any reason, including but 4

not limited to quitting or discharge, but other than a family or medical or other leave of absence, transfer of employment to another Affiliated Company, incurring of a Disability, or death. 2.30. "Unreduced Early Retirement Date" for any Actual Participant means the first day of the month coinciding with or next following the date such Actual Participant attains age 62. 2.31. "Years of Service" means the time a person served as an Employee, calculated as follows. A Year of Service means 12 consecutive months of service. Any period of service of less than 12 consecutive months shall be counted on the basis of 1/12 of a Year of Service for each month of service. For purposes of this definition, a month of service means any calendar month during any part of which an Employee is employed by an Affiliated Company. If (i) an Actual Participant's Termination of Employment occurs on or after January 1, 2003, (ii) the Actual Participant was at least age 40 on the Actual Participant's birthday that next followed his or her date of hire or rehire with an Affiliated Company (or the date the Company or other Affiliated Company acquired the Affiliated Company, if later), and (iii) the Actual Participant was granted an Award under an Incentive Plan not later than twenty four (24) months following such Actual Participant's date of hire or rehire with an Affiliated Company (or the date the Company or other Affiliated Company acquired the Affiliated Company, if later), the Actual Participant shall be granted additional Years of Service, the amount of which shall be determined by dividing by forty-eight (48) the number of whole and partial months which elapsed from the date of the Actual Participant's 25th birthday to the Actual Participant's date of hire or rehire with an Affiliated Company (or the date the Company or other Affiliated Company acquired the Affiliated Company, if later), excluding any number of whole months during that time in which such Actual Participant was an Employee. Such amount shall be rounded to the next whole month if it includes a partial month. ARTICLE 3. PARTICIPATION 3.01 Participation as of Effective Date. Each person who, immediately prior to the Effective Date, was entitled to receive benefits under the Plan upon his or her Termination of Employment or death (a "Prior Participant"), shall retain such entitlement as of the Effective Date, subject to the provisions of Section 3.02(b). 3.02 Participation after Effective Date. (a) After the Effective Date, an Employee who is not a Prior Participant shall become an Actual Participant only upon satisfaction of all the requirements stated in the definition of Actual Participant. (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.01, each Prior Participant shall be an Actual Participant after the Effective Date only if he or she has received a SERP Designation as an Actual Participant effective as of a date not later than December 31, 5

2003; provided, however, that a Prior Participant whose Termination of Employment, Disability or death occurred on or before December 31, 2003 shall be deemed to have received a SERP Designation as an Actual Participant regardless of whether such Prior Participant had previously received a SERP Designation. 3.03 Revocation of SERP Designation. The Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer or President of the Company may revoke the SERP Designation of any Potential Participant or Actual Participant at any time. If such person is a Potential Participant, the status of such person as a Potential Participant shall cease as of the date of the revocation. If such person is an Actual Participant, such person's Retirement Benefit shall be determined as if such person had incurred a Termination of Employment as of the date of revocation, so that, for purposes of determining such person's Gross Benefit, such person's Applicable Percentage, Final Average Compensation and Years of Service shall all be determined as of the date of revocation and such person's Offset Benefits also shall be determined as of such date. The Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer or President of the Company may reinstate the SERP Designation of any Employee whose SERP Designation was revoked. If such Employee was an Actual Participant at the time of revocation, or if such Employee was a Potential Participant at the time of revocation and later became an Actual Participant, his or her Retirement Benefit shall be determined as if such Employee's SERP Designation had never been revoked. 3.04 Cessation of Participation. An Actual Participant shall cease to be an Actual Participant on the date that all distributions due such Actual Participant or his or her Beneficiary have been made. ARTICLE 4. RETIREMENT BENEFIT 4.01 Amount of Benefit. (a) Each Actual Participant shall be entitled under this Plan following his or her retirement or other Termination of Employment to a benefit (the "Retirement Benefit") equal to the Actual Participant's Gross Benefit reduced by his or her Offset Benefits. (b) Except as provided in Section 3.03, the Gross Benefit under the Plan, expressed as a single life annuity commencing on the Actual Participant's Termination Date, shall be the Applicable Percentage of the product of (i) the Actual Participant's Years of Service (not to exceed 30) and (ii) 2% of the Actual Participant's Final Average Compensation. (c) The Actual Participant's Offset Benefits shall consist of the following benefits to which the Actual Participant is or will become entitled, or which the Actual Participant received prior to the date of determination: 6

(1) All benefits paid or accrued under all qualified or nonqualified defined benefit or defined contribution retirement plans sponsored by an Affiliated Company (including, without limitation, any amounts paid to the Actual Participant under this Plan prior to the date of determination); provided, however, that only the portion of any such benefit attributable to Affiliated Company contributions shall be taken into account. For purposes of the preceding sentence, Affiliated Company contributions shall not include an Actual Participant's elective deferrals under any such plan, or earnings credited to any such elective deferrals to the extent such earnings are based on a reasonable interest rate or on one or more predetermined investments. (2) The employer portion of any social security or other retirement benefits provided by any Federal, state, local, or foreign government. Such employer portion shall be equal, in the case of a social security benefit, to the employer portion of the Actual Participant's projected social security benefit (at the Actual Participant's social security full benefit retirement age) multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the Actual Participant's Years of Service and the denominator of which is 35. For purposes of determining an Actual Participant's projected social security benefit, it shall be assumed that the social security wage base remains constant in years following the Actual Participant's Termination of Employment and that in each of the 35 years prior to the Actual Participant's social security full benefit retirement age he or she has earned income of at least the social security wage base applicable to such year. (d) In the event an Offset Benefit is not payable in the form of a single life annuity commencing on the Actual Participant's Termination Date, the offset calculation in Section 4.01(a) shall be performed using such actuarial and other adjustments as the Administrator shall determine. (e) The Retirement Benefit of an Actual Participant who has elected pursuant to Section 4.04 to have payment of his or her Retirement Benefit commence after his or her Termination Date shall be calculated as follows: (i) the Retirement Benefit shall be calculated in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.01 as if payment of the Retirement Benefit would commence as of the Actual Participant's Termination Date and then (ii) such Retirement Benefit shall be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Applicable Percentage that would have applied if the Actual Participant's Termination of Employment had occurred on the date as of which payment of the Retirement Benefit is to commence, and the denominator of which is the Applicable Percentage in effect as of the date the Actual Participant's Termination of Employment actually occurred. For purposes of clause (ii) above, "Applicable Percentage" shall be determined pursuant to Section 2.04(a) or 2.04(b), whichever of such provisions applied in determining the Actual Participant's Retirement Benefit at the time of his or her Termination of Employment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this Section 4.01(e) shall not apply to the Retirement Benefit of an Actual Participant whose SERP Designation has been revoked in accordance with Section 3.03, so that no adjustment shall be made to the Retirement Benefit of such Actual Participant if the Actual Participant elected to have payment of his or her Retirement Benefit commence after his or her Termination Date. 7

(f) Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, if an Actual Participant who is a former Employee is rehired by an Affiliated Company and at the time of rehire the Actual Participant is receiving benefit payments under the Plan, payment of such benefits shall be suspended until such time as the Actual Participant is again eligible to receive benefit payments under the Plan. If such Actual Participant who has been rehired has received a SERP Designation as an Actual Participant as of or subsequent to his or her date of rehire, upon such Actual Participant's subsequent Termination of Employment such Actual Participant's benefits shall be recalculated under the Plan based on the Actual Participant's total Years of Service at the time of determination. If such Actual Participant has not received a SERP Designation as an Actual Participant following his or her date of rehire (and thus has accrued no additional benefits under the Plan following his or her date of rehire), such Actual Participant's benefits under the Plan shall be determined pursuant to Section 3.03 as if such person's SERP Designation as an Actual Participant had been revoked as of the date on which the Actual Participant previously had ceased to be an Employee and shall be paid pursuant to the provisions of the Plan subsequent to such person's Termination of Employment. 4.02 Automatic Cash-Outs. Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 4.03 and 4.04, in the case of any Actual Participant whose Termination of Employment is: (1) before his or her Normal Retirement Age and either before attaining age 55 or before having completed 10 Years of Service; or (2) at a time when the lump-sum value of his or her Retirement Benefit under the Plan is $50,000 or less; the Actual Participant's Retirement Benefit shall automatically be paid in a lump-sum within 30 days after his or her Termination of Employment. 4.03 Automatic Payments in Other Circumstances. In the case of any Actual Participant to whom Section 4.02 does not apply and for whom no valid election under Section 4.04 is in effect, such Actual Participant's Retirement Benefit shall be paid in the manner set forth in this Section 4.03. (a) If the Actual Participant participates in one or more qualified defined benefit plans sponsored by an Affiliated Company, the Actual Participant's benefit shall commence at the same time and be paid in the same form as the Actual Participant's benefit under that qualified plan. If the Actual Participant is covered under more than one such plan, the plan in which he or she has the greatest benefit will be controlling. (b) If the Actual Participant does not participate in any qualified defined benefit plan sponsored by an Affiliated Company, the Actual Participant's benefit shall be paid as an actuarially reduced 50% joint and survivor annuity (if the Actual Participant is married) with the Actual Participant's spouse as the joint annuitant thereof, or a single life annuity (if the Actual Participant is unmarried), commencing in either case at his or her Normal 8

Retirement Date (or, if later, the first day of the month coinciding with or next following the date of his or her actual retirement). 4.04 Election of Optional Forms of Benefit. (a) An Actual Participant may file an election with the Administrator, on such form as the Administrator shall prescribe, specifying (i) the form in which his or her Retirement Benefit is to be paid, and (ii) the time at which such benefit is to commence in the event of the Actual Participant's Termination of Employment before his or her Normal Retirement Age. Such election may, subject to Section 4.04(c), be changed at any time. (b) If a valid election is in effect pursuant to this Section 4.04, except as otherwise provided in Section 4.02, an Actual Participant's Retirement Benefit shall be paid in the form specified in such election. Such Retirement Benefit shall commence (i) on the Actual Participant's Normal Retirement Date (or, if later, the first day of the month coinciding with or next following the date of the Actual Participant's actual retirement) if the Actual Participant retires at or after his or her Normal Retirement Age, and (ii) in other cases, on the date specified in the Actual Participant's election. (c) An election or change in election pursuant to Section 4.04(a) shall be valid only if filed with the Administrator either (i) by December 31, 1997 or within 90 days after an Actual Participant becomes an Actual Participant, whichever is later, or (ii) at least 12 months before he or she retires or otherwise terminates employment. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if an Actual Participant whose most recent valid election is for an annuity form of benefit demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Administrator that a relevant change in family circumstances has occurred since the filing of such election, such Actual Participant may change his or her election to a different form of annuity commencing on the same date as that specified on such prior election, or may designate a new Beneficiary, without regard to such 12-month requirement. (d) If, pursuant to Section 4.04(c), a change in an Actual Participant's election is not valid, the valid election previously in effect shall determine the form and timing of the Actual Participant's Retirement Benefit. (e) The forms of benefit that an Actual Participant may elect under the Plan are (i) a single life annuity, (ii) a single life annuity with 60-month period certain, (iii) a single life annuity with 120-month period certain, or (iv) a 100% or 50% joint and survivor annuity. A lump-sum payment generally is not available as an elective form of benefit. An Actual Participant may indicate on an election that the Actual Participant wishes to receive his or her benefit in a lump-sum, or in a combination of lump-sum and installment payments, but in that event must also indicate the form in which the Actual Participant wishes the benefit to be paid if the lump-sum payment or combination lump-sum and installment payments request is denied. Requests for lump-sum payments or combination lump-sum and installment payments will be considered by the Administrator on a case-by-case basis, and the granting of any such request shall be within the Administrator's sole discretion. 9

(f) An Actual Participant who elects a joint and survivor form of benefit shall designate his or her Beneficiary, who must be a natural person, in conjunction with such election. In the event of such Beneficiary's death before payment of the Actual Participant's Retirement Benefit commences, the Actual Participant's Retirement Benefit shall be paid in the form of a single life annuity unless he or she has filed a valid change in election pursuant to Section 4.04(c). 4.05 Calculation of Optional Forms of Benefit. If a Retirement Benefit is payable under Sections 4.03 or 4.04 in a form of benefit other than a single life annuity, the Retirement Benefit shall be converted to the applicable optional payment form using the annuity conversion factors provided in Program I of the Dover Corporation Pension Plan as in effect at such time. 4.06 Disability. An Employee with a SERP Designation who incurs a Disability as an Employee shall continue to accrue Years of Service during his or her period of Disability. If such Employee is or becomes an Actual Participant, upon such Actual Participant's subsequent Termination of Employment or death, he or she (or his or her Beneficiary) shall be entitled to receive distribution of his or her Retirement Benefit or Death Benefit pursuant to the other provisions of the Plan. For purposes of calculating such Retirement Benefit or Death Benefit, the Actual Participant's Final Average Compensation shall be determined as of the commencement of his or her Disability. Any Actual Participant who is in a period of Disability may petition the Administrator for permission to retire or otherwise have a Termination of Employment despite the continuation of such Disability, and the granting of any such petition shall be within the Administrator's sole discretion. ARTICLE 5. DEATH BENEFIT 5.01 In the event of an Actual Participant's death prior to the commencement of payment of his or her Retirement Benefit, the Actual Participant's Beneficiary shall be paid within 30 days after the Administrator receives notification of the Actual Participant's death, a lump-sum Death Benefit equal to the Retirement Benefit the Actual Participant would have received had he or she had a Termination of Employment immediately before his or her death (or on the Actual Participant's actual date of Termination of Employment, if earlier) and elected to receive his or her benefit in a lump-sum. In calculating such Retirement Benefit, the amount of any Offset Benefits shall be determined without regard to the fact of the Actual Participant's death. 10

ARTICLE 6. ADMINISTRATION 6.01. This Plan shall be administered by the Administrator. The Administrator shall have discretionary authority to interpret the Plan and to adopt rules and regulations consistent with the Plan. The Administrator's good-faith determination with respect to any issue relating to the interpretation of the Plan shall be conclusive and final. ARTICLE 7. GENERAL PROVISIONS 7.01 No Contract of Employment. The establishment of the Plan shall not be construed as conferring any legal rights upon any Actual Participant or Potential Participant for a continuation of employment, nor shall it interfere with the rights of any Affiliated Company to discharge an Actual Participant or Potential Participant and to treat him or her without regard to the effect which such treatment might have upon him or her as an Actual Participant or Potential Participant in the Plan. 7.02 Withholding. As a condition to an Actual Participant's entitlement to benefits hereunder, the Company shall have the right to deduct (or cause to be deducted) from any amounts otherwise payable to the Actual Participant, whether pursuant to the Plan or otherwise, or otherwise to collect from the Actual Participant, any required withholding taxes with respect to benefits under the Plan. 7.03 Anti-Alienation Provisions. Subject to any applicable law, no benefit under the Plan shall be subject in any manner to, nor shall the Company be obligated to recognize, any purported anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or charge, and any attempt to do so shall be void. No such benefit shall in any manner be liable for or subject to garnishment, attachment, execution, or a levy, or liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements, or torts of the Actual Participant. 7.04 Unfunded Benefits. The Plan is an unfunded plan maintained by the Company for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees. The Plan shall not be construed as conferring on an Actual Participant any right, title, interest, or claim in or to any specific asset, reserve, account, or property of any kind possessed by the Company. To the extent that an Actual Participant or any other person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company, such rights shall be no greater than the rights of an unsecured general creditor. 7.05 Claim for Benefits. Any claim for benefits under the Plan shall be made in writing to the Administrator. If a claim is denied, the Administrator shall so notify the claimant within 90 days after receipt of the claim. The notice of denial shall state (i) the specific reason for the denial of the claim, (ii) specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions upon which the denial is based, (iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary to perfect the claim together with an explanation of why such material or information is necessary, and (iv) an explanation of the claims review procedure. 11

Within 60 days after the claimant's receipt of notice of denial of a claim, the claimant may (i) file a request with the Administrator that it conduct a full and fair review of the denial of the claim, (ii) review pertinent documents, and (iii) submit questions and comments to the Administrator in writing. The decision by the Administrator with respect to the review must be given within 60 days after receipt of the request, unless special circumstances require an extension. In no event shall the decision be delayed beyond 120 days after receipt of the request for review. The decision shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant and shall contain specific reasons for the decision and a specific reference to the Plan provisions upon which the decision is based. 7.06 Incapacity. If the Administrator determines that any person to whom a benefit is payable under the Plan is unable to care for his or her affairs because of illness or accident, any payment due may be paid to the individual's spouse, child, parent, sibling, or to any person deemed by the Administrator to have incurred expense for such person otherwise entitled to payment unless a prior claim therefor shall have been made by a duly appointed guardian, committee, or other legal representative. 7.07 Successor Entities. This Plan shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Company. The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, and whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, by written agreement to expressly assume and agree to perform the Company's obligations under the Plan in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform them if no such succession had taken place. The provisions of this Section 7.07 shall continue to apply to each subsequent employer of the Actual Participant hereunder in the event of any subsequent merger, consolidation, or transfer of assets of such subsequent employer. 7.08 Prior Plan. Effective as of the date of adoption of this Plan as of January 1, 1997, the Prior Plan has been terminated, and no one is entitled to further benefits thereunder. In no event shall the vested benefit under this Plan of any participant under the Prior Plan be less than his or her vested benefit under the Prior Plan immediately prior to such termination. 7.09 Governing Law. The laws of the State of New York shall govern the construction of this Plan and the rights and the liabilities hereunder of the parties hereto. 7.10 Plan Year. The plan year shall be the calendar year. 7.11 Headings. All headings are inserted solely for reference and shall not constitute a part of this Plan, nor affect its meaning, construction, or effect. ARTICLE 8. CHANGE OF CONTROL 8.01 Definition of Change of Control. 12

(a) For purposes hereof, a "Change of Control" shall refer only to a Change of Control of the Company and shall be deemed to have taken place upon the occurrence of any of the following events (capitalized terms not previously defined in the Plan are defined in Section (b) below): (i) any Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Company or its Affiliates) representing 20% or more of either the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company or the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities, excluding any Person who becomes such a Beneficial Owner in connection with a transaction described in clause (A) of paragraph (iii) below; or (ii) the following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the number of directors then serving: individuals who, on the date hereof, constitute the Board of Directors and any new director (other than a director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including but not limited to a consent solicitation, relating to the election of directors of the Company) whose appointment or election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the Company's stockholders was approved or recommended by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors on the date hereof or whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended; or (iii) there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Company or any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company with any other corporation, other than (A) any such merger or consolidation immediately after which the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or any parent thereof) at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or any parent thereof outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (B) any such merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities Beneficially Owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Company or its Affiliates) representing 20% or more of either the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company or the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities; or (iv) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or there is consummated an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company's assets, other than a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company's assets to an entity, at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are 13

owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions. (b) For purposes of this Section 8.01, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated: (i) "Affiliate" shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 under Section 12 of the Exchange Act. (ii) "Beneficial Owner" shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, except that a Person shall not be deemed to be the Beneficial Owner of any securities which are properly filed on a Form 13-G. (iii) "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time. (iv) "Person" shall have the meaning given in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as modified and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, except that such term shall not include (i) the Company or any of its Affiliates, (ii) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its Affiliates, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or (iv) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company. 8.02 Payments Upon Change of Control. (a) In the event of a Change of Control, the value of each Actual Participant's Retirement Benefit accrued through the date of the Change of Control (and based on the Actual Participant's Years of Service through the date of the Change of Control) shall be paid to the Actual Participant (or if the Actual Participant has died to the Beneficiary of the Actual Participant) in a single lump-sum payment within five days after the Change of Control. For purposes hereof, the amount of the lump-sum payment shall be determined using (i) the actuarial assumptions set forth in the Administration Manual for the Plan as in effect immediately prior to the Change of Control, or (ii) such actuarial assumptions as shall be specified by the Continuing Directors (as defined in Article Fourteenth of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation) of the Company, provided that in no event shall the amount of the lump-sum payment be less than the amount as determined pursuant to (i) above. (b) All determinations as to eligibility for and amount of benefits payable pursuant to (a) above shall be made by the Continuing Directors (as defined in Article Fourteenth of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation) of the Company, and the decision of such persons shall be final and binding on the Company and all claimants. 14

ARTICLE 9. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION 9.01 The Company's Board of Directors or the Administrator may amend or terminate this Plan at any time; provided, however, that no amendment or termination of the Plan shall adversely affect the right of any Actual Participant to receive his or her accrued benefit under the Plan, as determined as of the date of such amendment or termination. 15

APPENDIX A PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2003 INDEPENDENT SUBSIDIARY SUBSIDIARY/DIVISION ---------------------- ------------------- Dover Corporation Corporate Headquarters Dover Diversified Inc. Belvac Production Machinery, Inc. (1/1/2003) Central Research Laboratories Corporate Headquarters Hill Phoenix (1/1/2001) Sargent Controls & Aerospace Sargent Technologies * SWEP International A.B. Tranter PHE, Inc. Tranter Radiator Products Waukesha Bearings Corp. Wiseco Piston, Inc. (1/1/2002) * Includes Kahr Bearing and Precision Kinetics Dover Industries, Inc. Avtec Industries, Inc. Chief Automotive Systems, Inc. (1/1/2001) Corporate Headquarters DovaTech Forward Manufacturing Company Groen (1/1/2001) Heil Hydromotion, Inc. Kalyn/Siebert Kesseltronics System Koolant Koolers, Inc. Kurz-Kasch, Inc. (1/1/2002) Lee Laser, Inc. Marathon Equipment Company (1/1/2001) PDQ Manufacturing, Inc. (1/1/2001) PRC Laser Corp. (1/1/2002) Precise Hard Chrome Randell Manufacturing, Inc. (1/1/2001) Rotary Lift Technopak Tipper Tie (1/1/2001) 16

Dover Resources, Inc. Blackmer C. Lee Cook Civacon (former employees) Corporate Headquarters De-Sta-Co Norris Norriseal O'Bannon Pump OPW Engineered Systems OPW Fueling Components RPA Technologies Texas Hydraulics (1/1/2001) Dover Technologies, Inc. Corporate Headquarters (1/1/2001) Everett Charles Technologies (1/1/2003) K&L Microwave (1/1/2002) 17

. . . EXHIBIT 21 DOVER SUBSIDIARIES - DOMESTIC AND FOREIGN COMPANY NAME WHERE INCORPORATED DOMESTIC DD1, Inc. Delaware Alphasem Corporation California AVTEC Industries Incorporated Delaware Bayne Machine Works, Inc. South Carolina Belvac Production Machinery, Inc. Virginia Blackmer System One Inc. Delaware C & H Manufacturing, Inc. California Canada Organization & Development LLC Delaware Carrillo Industries Inc. California CCI Field Services, Inc. Delaware Chief Automotive Systems, Inc. Delaware Clove Park Insurance Company New York CP Formation LLC Delaware CPI Products, Inc. Delaware Crenlo LLC Delaware Datamax Bar Code Products Corporation Minnesota Datamax Corporation Delaware Datamax International Corporation Delaware DDI Properties, Inc. California DEK U.S.A., Inc. Delaware DEK USA Logistics, Inc. Delaware Delaware Capital Formation, Inc. Delaware Delaware Capital Holdings, Inc. Delaware De-Sta-Co Cylinders, Inc. Delaware De-Sta-Co Manufacturing Tubular Products Delaware DFH Corporation Delaware Dielectric Laboratories, Inc. Delaware Dover Diversified De, Inc. Delaware Dover Diversified, Inc. Delaware Dover Electronics, Inc. Delaware Dover Europe, Inc. Delaware Dover Global Holdings, Inc. Delaware Dover Industries, Inc. Delaware Dover Resources, Inc. Delaware Dover Systems, Inc. Delaware Dover Technologies International, Inc. Delaware Dow-Key Microwave Corporation Delaware DP Manufacturing Inc. Delaware EOA Systems, Inc. Delaware Everett Charles Technologies Delaware Flexbar, Inc. Delaware Forward Manufacturing Company, Inc. Texas Gerald L. Greer Co. Delaware Graphics Microsystems, Inc. California Groen, Inc. Delaware Hill Phoenix, Inc. Delaware Hover-Davis, Inc. Delaware Hydratight Sweeney Products Corporation Delaware Hydratight Sweeney, Inc. Delaware Hydro Systems Company Delaware Hydromotion, Inc. Delaware Imaje Ink Jet Printing Corp. Georgia J E Pistons Inc. California K&L Microwave, Inc. Delaware Page 1 of 6

EXHIBIT 21 DOVER SUBSIDIARIES - DOMESTIC AND FOREIGN COMPANY NAME WHERE INCORPORATED K. S. Boca Inc. Florida Kalyn/Siebert I, Inc. Texas Knappco Corporation Delaware Koolant Koolers, Inc. Delaware KS Formation, Inc. Delaware Kurz-Kasch, Inc. Delaware Marathon Equipment Company Delaware Mark Andy, Inc. Missouri Midland Manufacturing Corporation Delaware Multitest Electronic Systems, Inc. Delaware Nova Controls Delaware Novacap, Inc. Delaware OK Holdings, Inc. Delaware OK International, Inc. California OPW Fuel Management Systems Delaware PDQ Manufacturing, Inc. Delaware Performance Motorsports, Inc. California Pioneer Labels, Inc. Illinois PISCES by OPW, Inc. Delaware Provacon, Inc. Delaware Quartzdyne Inc. Delaware Randell Manufacturing of Arizona, Inc. Delaware Randell Manufacturing, Inc. Delaware Revod Corporation Delaware Richard Industry, Inc. Delaware Robohand, Inc. Delaware Rosenheim Automation Systems Corporation California Sanger Works Factory Holdings, LLC Delaware Sargent Aerospace, Inc. Delaware Somero Enterprises, LLC Delaware Sonic Industries, Inc. California Sure Seal, Inc. Delaware SWEP North America Inc. Delaware Texas Hydraulics, Inc. Delaware The Heil Co. Delaware Tipper Tie, Inc. Delaware Tisma Machinery Illinois Tranter PHE, Inc. Delaware Triton Systems of Delaware, Inc. Delaware Tulsa Winch, Inc. Delaware Universal Instruments Corporation Delaware US Synthetic Corporation Delaware Vectron International LLC Delaware Vitronics Soltec Corporation Delaware Voltronics Corporation New Jersey Wabash Magnetics, LLC Delaware Warn Industries, Inc. Delaware Waukesha Bearings Corporation Wisconsin Wilden Pump and Engineering LLC Delaware Wiseco Piston, Inc. Delaware FOREIGN Acumen Technology (M) Sdn. Bhd. Malaysia Acumen Technology (pte) Ltd. Singapore ALMATEC Maschinenbau GmbH Germany Page 2 of 6

EXHIBIT 21 DOVER SUBSIDIARIES - DOMESTIC AND FOREIGN COMPANY NAME WHERE INCORPORATED Alphasem (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. China Alphasem AG Switzerland Alphasem Asia Ltd. Hong Kong Alphasem Asia Pte. Ltd. Singapore Alphasem Far East (L) Ltd. Malaysia Alphasem Holding GmbH Switzerland Alphasem Korea Ltd. South Korea atg test systems asia Ltd. Taiwan atg test systems GmbH & Co KG Germany Blackmer - Mouvex SA France Blackmer Flow Technologies Canada Blackmer Mouvex, Ltd. United Kingdom BlitzRotary GmbH Germany BN OPW, Srl Italy Calypso Europe Limited United Kingdom CCMOP France Chambon SAS France Charles Roberts Engineering Ltd United Kingdom Chief Airco Europe France CPI Europa GmbH Germany CPI Europe Limited United Kingdom Datamax Holdings Limited United Kingdom Datamax London Limited United Kingdom DEK Asia Pacific Private Limited Singapore DEK Consulting (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. China DEK International GmbH Switzerland DEK Northern Europe Limited United Kingdom DEK Printing Machines (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. China DEK Printing Machines GmbH Germany DEK Printing Machines Limited United Kingdom DEK Technologies (Suzhou) Co. Ltd. China DEK Technologies S.A.S. France De-Sta-Co (Asia) Company, Limited Thailand DE-STA-CO Benelux B.V. Netherlands De-Sta-Co Metallerzeugnisse GmbH Germany De-Sta-Co Metallerzeugnisse GmbH & Co. Werkzeugtechnik Germany De-Sta-Co U.K., Ltd. United Kingdom De-Sta-Co-Ema Industria e Comercio Ltda. Brazil Dielectric Laboratories Asia Trading (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. China Dover Asia Trading Private Ltd. Singapore Dover Corporation (Canada) Limited Canada Dover CR, spol s r.o. Germany Dover do Brasil Ltda. Brazil Dover do Brasil Trading Ltda Brazil Dover Exports, Ltd. Barbados Dover France Holdings, S.A.S. France Dover France Participations SAS France Dover France Technologies S.A.S. France Dover German Holdings GmbH Germany Dover German Intra-Group Service GmbH Germany Dover German Partnership Holdings GmbH Germany Dover Germany GmbH Germany Dover Holdings de Mexico SA DE CV Mexico Dover Hungary Board Test Manufacturing KFT Hungary Dover Hungary KFT Hungary Dover India Pvt., Ltd. India Page 3 of 6

EXHIBIT 21 DOVER SUBSIDIARIES - DOMESTIC AND FOREIGN COMPANY NAME WHERE INCORPORATED Dover International B.V. Netherlands Dover Italy Holdings S.r.l. Italy Dover Italy S.r.L. Italy Dover Luxembourg Finance Sarl Luxembourg Dover Luxembourg Holdings Sarl Luxembourg Dover Luxembourg S.N.C. Luxembourg Dover Resources UK Sales Ltd United Kingdom Dover Singapore Private Limited Singapore Dover Switzerland Holding AG Switzerland Dover UK Holdings Limited United Kingdom Dover UK Sales Ltd United Kingdom Electro-Form PTE LTD Singapore Everett Charles Technologies (Shenzhen) Limited China Everett Charles Technologies, Ltd. United Kingdom Graphics Microsystems, N.V. Belgium Heil Asia Limited Thailand Heil Trailer Internacional S.A. Argentina Heil Trailer International Holdings Ltd. United Kingdom Heil Trailer International SAS France Heil Trailer International, Ltd. United Kingdom Heil-Europe Limited United Kingdom Hill Phoenix de Mexico, S.A. de C.V. Mexico Hydra-Tight BV Netherlands Hydratight GmbH Germany HydraTight Sweeney KK Japan Hydratight Sweeney Ltd. United Kingdom Hydro Nova Europe, Ltd. United Kingdom Imaje (Asia) Ltd Singapore Imaje (China) Co., Limited China Imaje AB Sweden Imaje Ag (Switzerland) Switzerland Imaje Argentina S.A. Argentina Imaje ASPAC Pte. Ltd. Singapore Imaje Beteiligungs GmbH Germany Imaje Canada Inc. Canada Imaje Coding Technologies Ltd (New Zealand) New Zealand Imaje Coding Technology (M) Sdn Bhd Malaysia Imaje Coding Technology Pty Ltd (Australia) Australia Imaje De Mexico S.A. De C.V. Mexico Imaje Do Brasil Impressoras (Brazil) Brazil Imaje GmbH Germany Imaje Hong Kong Ltd Hong Kong Imaje India Private Limited India Imaje Ink Jet Nv/Sa (Belgium) Belgium Imaje Inkjet Ireland Ltd. Ireland Imaje Italia Srl Italy Imaje Kk (Japan) Japan Imaje Korea Co. Ltd (South Korea Republic) South Korea Imaje Nordic AB Sweden Imaje S.A. France Imaje Siam Co., Ltd. Thailand Imaje Software Development Centre Pvt. Ltd. India Imaje Taiwan Ltd. Taiwan Imaje Technologies Codificacao (Portugal) Portugal Imaje Technologies De Codificacion, Sa (Spain) Spain Imaje UK Ltd. United Kingdom Page 4 of 6

EXHIBIT 21 DOVER SUBSIDIARIES - DOMESTIC AND FOREIGN COMPANY NAME WHERE INCORPORATED Imaje Verpachtungs GmbH Germany Interswep A.B. Sweden K&L Microwave DR, Inc. Dominican Republic Kurz-Kasch Mexico S. de R.L. de C.V. Mexico Luther & Maelzer Gmbh Germany Mark Andy Ag Switzerland Mark Andy France France Mark Andy, Uk Limited United Kingdom Markpoint B.V. Netherlands Markpoint Holding AB Sweden Markpoint Real Estate B.V. Netherlands Markpoint System AB Sweden Mouvex GmbH Germany Multitest Electronic Systems (Asia) Pte. Ltd. Singapore Multitest elektronische Systeme GmbH Germany Multitest GmbH Germany Nanjing TVT Technologies Ltd. China Nimaser BV Netherlands Oak Industries German Holding GmbH Germany OK Electronics (Beijing) Co., Ltd. China OK International (Japan) Co. Japan OK International (Taiwan) Ltd. Taiwan OK International (UK) Ltd. United Kingdom OK International France SA France OK International GmbH Germany OPW Fluid Transfer Group Europe B.V. Netherlands OPW Fueling Components Europe B.V. Netherlands OPW Fueling Components Suzhou Co., LTD China P.S. Holding B.V. Netherlands P.S. Precision B.V. Netherlands P.S. Technology (Penang) SDN B.H.D. Malaysia Perfect Bore Ltd. United Kingdom Petro Vend, Inc. Poland ProX Inter, B. V. Netherlands PullMaster Winch Corporation British Columbia Rasco Automation Asia PTE LTD Singapore Rasco GmbH Germany Revod Sweden AB Sweden RG Industries Ltd. Canada Sargent Aerospace Canada, Inc. Canada SCI IMMOC France Soltec Groep, B.V. Netherlands Soltec, B.V. Netherlands SSE Sister Semiconductor Equipment GmbH Germany SWEP A.G. Switzerland SWEP Energy Oy Finland Swep Iberica S.A. Spain Swep International A.B. Sweden Swep Japan K.K. Japan SWEP Malaysia Sdn. Bhd. Malaysia Syfer Technology Limited United Kingdom Technopack Ewald Hagedoen Nederland B.V. Netherlands Tecnologia Acumen de Mexico S.A. de C.V. Mexico Telefilter GmbH Germany Test Solutions (Suzhou) Co., Ltd. China Tipper Tie Alpina AG Switzerland Page 5 of 6

EXHIBIT 21 DOVER SUBSIDIARIES - DOMESTIC AND FOREIGN COMPANY NAME WHERE INCORPORATED Tipper Tie Technopack Germany TQ Slovakia SRO Slovakia Tranter Warmetauscher GmbH (Austria) Austria Tranter GmbH (Germany) Germany Tranter Heat Exchangers Pty. Ltd. Australia Tranter KFt. Hungary Tranter PHE AB Sweden Tranter SAS France Tranter spol. S.r.o. Czech Republic Tranter, Ltd United Kingdom Universal Electronic Assembly Philippines Corporation Philippines Universal Instruments (Electronics) Ltd. United Kingdom Universal Instruments (Hong Kong) Limited Hong Kong Universal Instruments (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia Universal Instruments (ShenZhen) Co., Ltd. China Universal Instruments (SuZhou) Co. Ltd. China Universal Instruments Corp. (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. Singapore Universal Instruments De Mexico S.A. De C.V. Mexico Universal Instruments GmbH Germany Universal Instruments Iberica, Sl Spain Universal Instruments Japan Ltd. Japan Universal Instruments Korea Ltd. South Korea Universal Instruments Manufacturing (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. China Universal Instruments Nordic AB Sweden Universal Instruments S.A.R.L. France Vectron Frequency Devices GmbH Switzerland Vectron International (Shanghai) Co. Ltd. China Vectron International GmbH & Co KG Germany Vectron International Verwaltungs GmbH Germany Vectron International, Ltd. Canada Vitronics Soltec GmbH Germany Vitronics Soltec Pte. Ltd. Singapore Vitronics Soltec Technologies (Suzhou) Co. Ltd. China Waukesha Bearings Limited United Kingdom Wei Li Pump Shanghai Co., LTD. China Wilden Argentina SRL Argentina Yat Sing Precision Parts Limited China Page 6 of 6

EXHIBIT 23.1 CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in (a) the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-01419), (b) the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 033-11229), (c) the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-45661), (d) the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-64160) and (e) the Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-47396) of Dover Corporation of our report dated March 10, 2005 relating to the financial statements, financial statement schedule, management's assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP New York, New York March 10, 2005

Exhibit 31.1 Certification I, Robert G. Kuhbach, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Dover Corporation; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the

audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting. Date: March 14, 2005 /s/ Robert G. Kuhbach ------------------------------------- Robert G. Kuhbach Vice President, Finance & Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) & Treasurer

Exhibit 31.2 Certification I, Ronald L. Hoffman, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Dover Corporation; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the

audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): b) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and c) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting. Date: March 14, 2005 /s/ Ronald L. Hoffman --------------------------- Ronald. L. Hoffman Chief Executive Officer and President

Exhibit 32 Certification Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 with Respect to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Period ended December 31, 2004 of Dover Corporation Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of section 1350, chapter 63 of title 18, United States Code), each of the undersigned officers of Dover Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), does hereby certify, to such officer's knowledge, that: 1. The Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2004, (the "Form 10-K") fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and 2. Information contained in the Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. Dated: March 14, 2005 /s/ Ronald L. Hoffman ---------------------------- Ronald L. Hoffman Chief Executive Officer and President Dated: March 14, 2005 /s/ Robert G. Kuhbach ---------------------------- Robert G. Kuhbach Vice President, Finance & Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) & Treasurer The certification set forth above is being furnished as an exhibit solely pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and is not being filed as part of the Form 10-K or as a separate disclosure document of the Company or the certifying officers.